example files: fileformat and partly other updates second part

git-svn-id: svn://svn.lyx.org/lyx/lyx-devel/trunk@26674 a592a061-630c-0410-9148-cb99ea01b6c8
This commit is contained in:
Uwe Stöhr 2008-10-01 20:26:35 +00:00
parent 8cc7e00cfd
commit 8461827e90
63 changed files with 11511 additions and 11973 deletions

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass foils \textclass foils
@ -18,9 +18,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -51,32 +53,28 @@
\bullet 3 1 3 -1 \bullet 3 1 3 -1
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
Foils Class Foils Class
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 7pt \begin_inset VSpace 7pt
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 7pt hrule height 7pt
@ -89,19 +87,15 @@ hrule height 7pt
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
\noun on \noun on
Allan Rae Allan Rae
\noun default
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Date \begin_layout Date
November 19 1997 November 19 1997
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Abstract \begin_layout Abstract
LyX and FoilTeX combine to provide a powerful presentation package for creating LyX and FoilTeX combine to provide a powerful presentation package for creating
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
@ -115,17 +109,15 @@ foils
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Foilhead \begin_layout Foilhead
This is a Foilhead This is a Foilhead
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -137,11 +129,8 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
A Foilhead starts a new foil. A Foilhead starts a new foil.
A A
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
short short
\emph default \emph default
@ -151,12 +140,11 @@ short
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
zerolistvertdimens{} zerolistvertdimens{}
@ -169,36 +157,30 @@ The new Itemize Bullet Selection popup
\begin_deeper \begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
is tailor-made for use with the foils class is tailor-made for use with the foils class
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_deeper \begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
allowing you to select the bullet used allowing you to select the bullet used
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_deeper \begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
at each of the four levels of the Itemize environment at each of the four levels of the Itemize environment
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_deeper \end_deeper
\end_deeper \end_deeper
\end_deeper \end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
NOTE: to get the full capabilities of the Itemize Bullet Selection popup NOTE: to get the full capabilities of the Itemize Bullet Selection popup
read the Special Tools manual and the ItemizeBullets.lyx file included with read the Special Tools manual and the ItemizeBullets.lyx file included with
the examples. the examples.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
NOTE 2: To get your list spacing small like this use the FoilTeX command: NOTE 2: To get your list spacing small like this use the FoilTeX command:
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -209,17 +191,15 @@ zerolistvertdimens{}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
This is a ShortFoilhead This is a ShortFoilhead
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -231,28 +211,23 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
The foils class has been extended to provide two additional bullet-lists. The foils class has been extended to provide two additional bullet-lists.
These lists are namely: These lists are namely:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout TickList \begin_layout TickList
TickList TickList
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
and and
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout CrossList \begin_layout CrossList
CrossList CrossList
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
These two lists were added because the listing of do's and don'ts or good These two lists were added because the listing of do's and don'ts or good
and bad are relatively common in foils. and bad are relatively common in foils.
Providing a dedicated paragraph style for these occasions should allow Providing a dedicated paragraph style for these occasions should allow
@ -260,54 +235,46 @@ These two lists were added because the listing of do's and don'ts or good
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Rotatefoilhead \begin_layout Rotatefoilhead
Rotatefoilhead Rotatefoilhead
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Create landscape foils by using Rotatefoilhead Create landscape foils by using Rotatefoilhead
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Note that if you are viewing this with xdvi the page will appear to overrun Note that if you are viewing this with xdvi the page will appear to overrun
the page dimensions because it xdvi doesn't rotate the text the page dimensions because it xdvi doesn't rotate the text
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
If you view this document using ghostview or something similar then the If you view this document using ghostview or something similar then the
page should appear rotated. page should appear rotated.
If not then you probably don't have the necessary dvips driver. If not then you probably don't have the necessary dvips driver.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Definition* \begin_layout Definition*
There are also several environments specially designed for presenting Theorems, There are also several environments specially designed for presenting Theorems,
Lemmas, Corollaries, Propositions, Proofs and Definitions. Lemmas, Corollaries, Propositions, Proofs and Definitions.
These are available as numbered or unnumbered environments. These are available as numbered or unnumbered environments.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortRotatefoilhead \begin_layout ShortRotatefoilhead
ShortRotateFoilhead ShortRotateFoilhead
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -319,20 +286,18 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Again the short version reduces the space below the heading Again the short version reduces the space below the heading
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Another way to control the amount of separation is to adjust the length Another way to control the amount of separation is to adjust the length
in the preamble. in the preamble.
This will affect both the normal and short versions of foilhead and rotatefoilh This will affect both the normal and short versions of foilhead and rotatefoilh
ead. ead.
For example, For example,
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -342,17 +307,15 @@ setlength{
foilheadskip}{-0.5in} foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
\family default \family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\newline
will reduce the spacing by 0.5 inches. will reduce the spacing by 0.5 inches.
Other units include mm (millimeters) and pt (points). Other units include mm (millimeters) and pt (points).
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
The
The
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
short short
\emph default \emph default
@ -361,17 +324,15 @@ short
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
Tricky Proofs Tricky Proofs
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -383,40 +344,27 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
Several consecutive paragraphs of type
Several consecutive paragraphs of type
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Theorem Theorem
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Lemma Lemma
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Corollary Corollary
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Proposition Proposition
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Definition Definition
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Proof Proof
\emph default \emph default
@ -424,17 +372,15 @@ Proof
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
As you can see, we are still in the same lemma. As you can see, we are still in the same lemma.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
% %
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -444,12 +390,9 @@ status collapsed
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
To force this second Lemma straight after the first it's necessary to add To force this second Lemma straight after the first it's necessary to add
some dividing text or as I've done in this case separate the two by inserting some dividing text or as I've done in this case separate the two by inserting
a a
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
TeX TeX
\emph default \emph default
@ -468,10 +411,7 @@ TeX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
NOTE: You only have this problem with multiple paragraphs of the same type NOTE: You only have this problem with multiple paragraphs of the same type
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
not not
@ -480,17 +420,15 @@ not
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
Tables and Figures Tables and Figures
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -501,10 +439,7 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -513,51 +448,46 @@ hrule height 3pt
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\align center \align center
\begin_inset Tabular
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Column1 Column1
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Column2 Column2
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Column3 Column3
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
A A
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -566,8 +496,7 @@ A
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on \emph on
simple simple
@ -578,20 +507,18 @@ simple
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
table table
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar under \bar under
example example
@ -599,21 +526,19 @@ example
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
with with
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold \series bold
foils foils
@ -630,17 +555,13 @@ foils
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Both tables and figures are supported in Foils however floats don't float Both tables and figures are supported in Foils however floats don't float
instead they appear exactly where they appear in the text. instead they appear exactly where they appear in the text.
Any placement parameters you set will be ignored. Any placement parameters you set will be ignored.
@ -650,31 +571,28 @@ wide false
sideways false sideways false
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center \align center
\begin_inset Tabular
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Row1 Row1
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on \emph on
Another Another
@ -682,23 +600,21 @@ Another
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
simple simple
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Row2 Row2
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -707,8 +623,7 @@ Row2
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar under \bar under
table table
@ -719,30 +634,27 @@ table
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
example example
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Row3 Row3
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold \series bold
with with
@ -750,11 +662,10 @@ with
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
foils foils
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -768,11 +679,10 @@ foils
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption \begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
This is a non-floating This is a non-floating
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -795,17 +705,15 @@ float
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
Headers and Footers Headers and Footers
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -817,13 +725,11 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
FoilTeX provides some powerful header and footer capabilities FoilTeX provides some powerful header and footer capabilities
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
You can also use the standard footnotes like this one. You can also use the standard footnotes like this one.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -837,18 +743,13 @@ You can also use the standard footnotes like this one.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
The left-footer is controlled by two commands:
The left-footer is controlled by two commands:
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
MyLogo{} MyLogo{}
\family default \family default
and and
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -871,13 +772,11 @@ Restriction{}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
The remaining corners are controlled by: The remaining corners are controlled by:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -888,7 +787,6 @@ rightfooter{}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -897,7 +795,6 @@ rightheader{}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -905,17 +802,15 @@ leftheader{}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Foilhead \begin_layout Foilhead
Further Reading Further Reading
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -927,7 +822,6 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Your LaTeX distribution should include some documentation on FoilTeX. Your LaTeX distribution should include some documentation on FoilTeX.
There are many more features in FoilTeX than those described here. There are many more features in FoilTeX than those described here.
For example, FoilTeX can automatically place a horizontal rule between For example, FoilTeX can automatically place a horizontal rule between
@ -935,7 +829,8 @@ Your LaTeX distribution should include some documentation on FoilTeX.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "2" key "2"
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -948,15 +843,14 @@ The FoilTeX Class Package
\begin_inset Quotes erd \begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset \end_inset
, ,
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
.../texmf/texmf/doc/latex/foiltex/foiltex.dvi .../texmf/texmf/doc/latex/foiltex/foiltex.dvi
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "2" key "2"
\end_inset \end_inset

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 339 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -17,9 +17,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize a4paper \papersize a4paper
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -37,7 +39,8 @@
\paperpagestyle default \paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "Hartmut Haase" hha4491@atomstromfrei.de \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
@ -89,7 +92,7 @@ LaTe
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
{} {}
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -130,12 +133,12 @@ d{4}
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="2"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="2">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt" special="d{4}"> <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="d{4}">
<row bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Ausdruck Ausdruck
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -144,7 +147,7 @@ Ausdruck
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Wert Wert
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -152,10 +155,10 @@ Wert
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -164,7 +167,7 @@ Wert
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
3.1416 3.1416
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -172,19 +175,19 @@ Wert
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
36.462 36.462
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -192,10 +195,10 @@ Wert
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -204,7 +207,7 @@ Wert
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
80663. 80663.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -212,19 +215,19 @@ Wert
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
1.3402e18 1.3402e18
\end_layout \end_layout

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass simplecv \textclass simplecv
@ -34,9 +34,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -54,19 +56,24 @@
\paperpagestyle default \paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Left Header \begin_layout Left Header
123 Hamlet Street 123 Hamlet Street
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Stratford-upon-Avon Stratford-upon-Avon
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Right Header \begin_layout Right Header
TEL: 888-PUCK TEL: 888-PUCK
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\size small \size small
@ -81,9 +88,7 @@ William Shakespeare
Einige Leute schreiben hier eine Zusammenfassung. Einige Leute schreiben hier eine Zusammenfassung.
Bemerkung: im Vorspann kann man viele LaTeX-Variablen setzen, um das Aussehen Bemerkung: im Vorspann kann man viele LaTeX-Variablen setzen, um das Aussehen
des Lebenslaufes zu ändern. des Lebenslaufes zu ändern.
Sehen Sie sich Sehen Sie sich
\family default
\family sans \family sans
\bar under \bar under
D D
@ -99,7 +104,8 @@ L
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
{} {}
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -124,7 +130,9 @@ Arbeitserfahrungen
\begin_layout Topic \begin_layout Topic
\labelwidthstring MMMMM \labelwidthstring MMMMM
\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Wenn ein Thema keinen Titel hat, müssen Sie dort stattdessen ein geschütztes Wenn ein Thema keinen Titel hat, müssen Sie dort stattdessen ein geschütztes
Leerzeichen einfügen. Leerzeichen einfügen.
Dies ist ein LyX-Mangel. Dies ist ein LyX-Mangel.
@ -148,11 +156,19 @@ Erziehung
\begin_layout Topic \begin_layout Topic
\labelwidthstring MMMMM \labelwidthstring MMMMM
April\InsetSpace ~ April
bis\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset space ~
Mai\InsetSpace ~ \end_inset
1581 Ich versuchte es an einer Oberschule.Ich haßte meinen Englischleh
rer. bis
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Mai
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1581 Ich versuchte es an einer Oberschule.Ich haßte meinen Englischlehrer.
[Zwei Dinge sind hier zu beachten: als erstes sehen Sie sich in der Druckvorsch [Zwei Dinge sind hier zu beachten: als erstes sehen Sie sich in der Druckvorsch
au an, wie ein Zeilenumbruch aussieht, wenn Ihr Titel zu lang ist; als zweites au an, wie ein Zeilenumbruch aussieht, wenn Ihr Titel zu lang ist; als zweites
beachten Sie, daß Sie geschützte Leerzeichen im Titel benutzen müssen, beachten Sie, daß Sie geschützte Leerzeichen im Titel benutzen müssen,
@ -165,11 +181,12 @@ Veröffentlichungen
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\labelwidthstring Publications \labelwidthstring Publications
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem LatexCommand bibitem
key "firstref" key "firstref"
\end_inset \end_inset
Erster Foliant. Erster Foliant.
Me. Me.
1623. 1623.
@ -177,16 +194,19 @@ Erster Foliant.
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\labelwidthstring Publications \labelwidthstring Publications
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem LatexCommand bibitem
key "secondref" key "secondref"
\end_inset \end_inset
Diese Referenzen könnten über BibTeX eingefügt worden sein\SpecialChar \ldots{} Diese Referenzen könnten über BibTeX eingefügt worden sein\SpecialChar \ldots{}
Auf jeden Fall Auf jeden Fall
kann ich hier meine Arbeiten aus kann ich hier meine Arbeiten aus
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "firstref" key "firstref"
\end_inset \end_inset
zitieren. zitieren.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,6 +35,7 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
@ -51,7 +54,9 @@ von Fee LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents \begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -99,8 +104,10 @@ Leslie
Lamport Lamport
\noun default \noun default
sagte einmal (siehe Referenz sagte einmal (siehe Referenz
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
): ):
@ -127,8 +134,10 @@ Warum LyX besser ist
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\series bold \series bold
\begin_inset LatexCommand label \begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:lyxbetter" name "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -162,15 +171,13 @@ LyX hat viele Merkmale, die das Schreiben von Dokumenten erleichtern.
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Warum sollte man es sonst benutzen? Warum sollte man es sonst benutzen?
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
Ich bin Ich bin
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
sehr aufgeregt, sehr aufgeregt,
\emph default \emph default
@ -189,8 +196,10 @@ LyX erleichtert das Schreiben und Bearbeiten von mathematischen Formeln
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Für eine mehr philosophische Diskussion, warum LyX besser als viele andere Für eine mehr philosophische Diskussion, warum LyX besser als viele andere
Textverarbeitungen ist, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt Textverarbeitungen ist, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt
\begin_inset LatexCommand vref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vref
reference "sec:lyxbetter" reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
. .
@ -224,11 +233,14 @@ Nach all dem wissenschaftlichen Denken fühlte ich mehr künstlerisch, also
\begin_layout Verse \begin_layout Verse
LyX ist eine wirklich großartige LyX ist eine wirklich großartige
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
schriftsetzende Textverarbeitung. schriftsetzende Textverarbeitung.
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
Es spart \end_inset
soviel Zeit.
Es spart soviel Zeit.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
@ -278,14 +290,11 @@ Ich konnte die gestrichelten Linien entfernen.
Ich kümmerte mich nicht darum, die mathematischen Formeln als abgesetzte Ich kümmerte mich nicht darum, die mathematischen Formeln als abgesetzte
Formeln zu schreiben. Formeln zu schreiben.
Außerdem habe ich nicht die automatische Gleichungsnummerierung von LyX Außerdem habe ich nicht die automatische Gleichungsnummerierung von LyX
benutzt, weil das nicht im benutzt, weil das nicht im
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Tutorium Tutorium
\emph default \emph default
beschrieben wurde.
beschrieben wurde.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
@ -306,25 +315,21 @@ Referenzen
\begin_inset Quotes grd \begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset \end_inset
, abhängig von der Dokumentklasse), wenn man als Umgebung , abhängig von der Dokumentklasse), wenn man als Umgebung
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Literaturverzeichnis Literaturverzeichnis
\family default \family default
wählt.
wählt.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem LatexCommand bibitem
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
Lamport, Leslie.
\emph default Lamport, Leslie.
\emph on \emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0rc1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 340 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -16,9 +16,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize a4paper \papersize a4paper
\use_geometry true \use_geometry true
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -40,6 +42,7 @@
\paperpagestyle headings \paperpagestyle headings
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
@ -52,7 +55,9 @@ Mehrspaltige Dokumente
von von
\noun on \noun on
Lars Gullik Bjønnes Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\noun default \noun default
Übersetzung: Übersetzung:
@ -66,7 +71,9 @@ letzte Änderung: 2.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents \begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -78,8 +85,6 @@ Absicht
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Das Ziel dieses Abschnittes ist es, Ihnen die Verwendung des LaTeX-Paketes Das Ziel dieses Abschnittes ist es, Ihnen die Verwendung des LaTeX-Paketes
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
@ -92,8 +97,6 @@ multicol
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Damit man mehrspaltige Dokumente drucken kann, muß in den LaTeX-Vorspann Damit man mehrspaltige Dokumente drucken kann, muß in den LaTeX-Vorspann
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -108,9 +111,7 @@ Einschränkungen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Das Paket Das Paket
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
@ -135,20 +136,18 @@ Zwei Spalten
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Wenn Sie Text in zwei Spalten setzen wollen, müssen Sie den LaTeX-Modus Wenn Sie Text in zwei Spalten setzen wollen, müssen Sie den LaTeX-Modus
verwenden und an dem Punkt, an dem der zweispaltige Satz beginnen soll, verwenden und an dem Punkt, an dem der zweispaltige Satz beginnen soll,
den Befehl den Befehl
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -167,12 +166,12 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -193,9 +192,10 @@ end{multicols}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -214,7 +214,9 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
MOMO MOMO
\series default \series default
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
von von
\noun on \noun on
Michael Ende Michael Ende
@ -267,9 +269,10 @@ Eigentlich waren es nur die Leute aus der näheren Umgebung, die das seltsame
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -290,12 +293,12 @@ Dasselbe Schema gilt, wenn Sie mehr als zwei Spalten haben wollen, Sie geben
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -315,9 +318,10 @@ begin{multicols}{3}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{3} begin{multicols}{3}
@ -365,9 +369,10 @@ chen Farbe, denn sie lief fast immer barfuß.
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -394,9 +399,10 @@ Sie können sogar mehrspaltige Abschnitte innerhalb einer anderen, mehrspaltigen
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -423,9 +429,10 @@ Darüber trug sie eine alte, viel zu weite Männerjacke, deren Ärmel an den
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -455,9 +462,10 @@ te Kammern, die man durch ein Loch in der Außenmauer betreten konnte.
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -487,7 +495,9 @@ hier gefällt es dir also?
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -497,7 +507,9 @@ Ja
\end_inset \end_inset
, antwortet Momo. , antwortet Momo.
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -507,7 +519,9 @@ Und du willst hier bleiben?
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -517,7 +531,9 @@ Ja, gern.
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -527,7 +543,9 @@ Aber wirst du denn nirgendwo erwartet?
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -537,7 +555,9 @@ Nein.
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -547,7 +567,9 @@ Ich meine, mußt du denn nicht wieder nach Hause?
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -557,7 +579,9 @@ Ich bin hier zu Hause
\end_inset \end_inset
, versicherte Momo schnell. , versicherte Momo schnell.
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -567,10 +591,14 @@ Wo kommst du denn her, Kind?
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Momo machte mit der Hand eine unbestimmte Bewegung, die irgendwohin in die Momo machte mit der Hand eine unbestimmte Bewegung, die irgendwohin in die
Ferne deutete. Ferne deutete.
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -580,11 +608,15 @@ Wer sind denn deine Eltern?
\end_inset \end_inset
forschte der Mann weiter. forschte der Mann weiter.
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
Das Kind schaute ihn und die anderen Leute ratlos \end_inset
an und hob ein wenig die Schultern.
Das Kind schaute ihn und die anderen Leute ratlos an und hob ein wenig die
Schultern.
Die Leute tauschten Blicke und seufzten. Die Leute tauschten Blicke und seufzten.
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -603,16 +635,19 @@ wir wollen dich nicht vertreiben.
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Momo nickte stumm, aber noch nicht ganz überzeugt\SpecialChar \ldots{} Momo nickte stumm, aber noch nicht ganz überzeugt\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -628,9 +663,7 @@ Fortgeschrittene Beispiele
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Wie Sie vielleicht wissen, hat Wie Sie vielleicht wissen, hat
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
@ -652,12 +685,12 @@ Weil wegen des Abstandes auf der Seite jetzt weniger als 5 cm übrig sind,
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -681,9 +714,10 @@ Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2}[ begin{multicols}{2}[
@ -694,9 +728,10 @@ begin{multicols}{2}[
Und die Geschichte geht weiter und weiter und weiter und weiter\SpecialChar \ldots{} Und die Geschichte geht weiter und weiter und weiter und weiter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
][5cm] ][5cm]
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -898,9 +933,10 @@ Hundertzwei
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -917,26 +953,25 @@ Vorwort und Abschnitte
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Was ist, wenn das Vorwort ein Abschnittsbefehl sein soll? Das geht, aber Was ist, wenn das Vorwort ein Abschnittsbefehl sein soll? Das geht, aber
nur mit LaTeX-Befehlen innerhalb des nur mit LaTeX-Befehlen innerhalb des
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicols multicols
\family default \family default
-Befehls. -Befehls.
Deswegen kann der Abschnittsbefehl nicht von LyX geliefert werden LyX: Deswegen kann der Abschnittsbefehl nicht von LyX geliefert werden LyX:
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -962,9 +997,10 @@ Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2}[ begin{multicols}{2}[
@ -976,9 +1012,10 @@ subsubsection{
Dies ist ein Abschnittsbefehl als Vorwort Dies ist ein Abschnittsbefehl als Vorwort
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
}][5cm] }][5cm]
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -1129,9 +1166,10 @@ Ich brauch' nicht viel\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -1147,16 +1185,12 @@ Leerraum
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Das Das
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
-Paket fügt vor und nach dem mehrspaltigen Abschnitt etwas Leerraum ein. -Paket fügt vor und nach dem mehrspaltigen Abschnitt etwas Leerraum ein.
Die Befehle zum ändern der Standardeinstellungen müssen unmittelbar vor Die Befehle zum ändern der Standardeinstellungen müssen unmittelbar vor
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -1166,17 +1200,19 @@ begin{multicols}
eingefügt werden. eingefügt werden.
Das folgende Beispiel fügt 3 cm vor und nach dem mehrspaltigen Abschnitt Das folgende Beispiel fügt 3 cm vor und nach dem mehrspaltigen Abschnitt
ein: ein:
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -1202,7 +1238,8 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -1283,9 +1320,10 @@ Die Leute berieten lange hin und her, und zuletzt waren sie einverstanden.
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -1297,26 +1335,23 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Description \begin_layout Description
Bemerkung: Der mit Bemerkung: Der mit
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
setlength setlength
\family default \family default
geänderte Wert muß hinterher wieder zurückgesetzt werden, sonst bleibt
geänderte Wert muß hinterher wieder zurückgesetzt werden, sonst bleibt er er für den Rest des Dokumentes erhalten:
für den Rest des Dokumentes erhalten:
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -1338,9 +1373,10 @@ multicolsep}{13pt}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -1358,26 +1394,26 @@ Spaltenbreite und Trennung
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Die Spaltenbreite der Die Spaltenbreite der
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicols multicols
\family default \family default
-Umgebung wird automatisch berechnet, aber Sie können den Abstand zwischen -Umgebung wird automatisch berechnet, aber Sie können den Abstand zwischen
den Spalten festlegen. den Spalten festlegen.
Der Abstand zwischen den den folgenden beiden Spalten wird 3 cm betragen: Der Abstand zwischen den den folgenden beiden Spalten wird 3 cm betragen:
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -1401,9 +1437,10 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -1440,9 +1477,10 @@ Sie fingen gleich an, indem sie zunächst einmal die halb eingestürzte steinern
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -1454,22 +1492,17 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Description \begin_layout Description
Bemerkung: Der Bemerkung: Der geänderte Wert muß auch in diesem Fall hinterher wieder zurückges
\family typewriter etzt werden, sonst bleibt er für den Rest des Dokumentes erhalten:
\family default
geänderte Wert muß auch in diesem Fall hinterher wieder zurückgesetzt werden,
sonst bleibt er für den Rest des Dokumentes erhalten:
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -1491,9 +1524,10 @@ columnsep}{10pt}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -1511,9 +1545,7 @@ Vertikale Linien
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Mit Mit
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -1528,12 +1560,12 @@ columnseprule
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -1557,9 +1589,10 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -1595,9 +1628,10 @@ So begann die Freundschaft zwischen der kleinen Momo und den Leuten der
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -1613,12 +1647,12 @@ Wie immer setzen wir auch hier den Wert wieder zurück:
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -1640,9 +1674,10 @@ columnseprule}{0pt}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 314 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass scrlttr2 \textclass scrlttr2
@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ fromurl=true% print sender URL
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize 11 \paperfontsize 11
\spacing other 1.15 \spacing other 1.15
@ -114,12 +115,17 @@ Das LyX-Entwicklerteam
\begin_layout SenderAddress \begin_layout SenderAddress
Planstr. Planstr.
140 140
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
99999 Planstadt 99999 Planstadt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Telephone \begin_layout Telephone
0011/222\InsetSpace \thinspace{} 0011/222
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
333 333
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -133,10 +139,14 @@ www.lyx.org
\begin_layout Backaddress \begin_layout Backaddress
Das LyX-Entwicklerteam Das LyX-Entwicklerteam
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Planstr. Planstr.
140 140
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
99999 Planstadt 99999 Planstadt
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -156,7 +166,7 @@ Im Internet
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -172,7 +182,7 @@ today
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -190,7 +200,7 @@ adrentry}[8]{
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
{} {}
\backslash \backslash
@ -199,7 +209,7 @@ if #5f{Frau}
fi fi
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout PlainLayout \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -208,7 +218,7 @@ if #5m{Herrn}
fi fi
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout PlainLayout \begin_layout Plain Layout
#2 #1 #2 #1
\backslash \backslash
@ -226,7 +236,7 @@ fi
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -235,7 +245,7 @@ if #5m{Sehr geehrter Herr #1,}
fi fi
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -274,7 +284,7 @@ LaTeX-Vorspann
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout PlainLayout \begin_layout Plain Layout
"= "=
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -285,7 +295,7 @@ Script
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout PlainLayout \begin_layout Plain Layout
"= "=
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -296,7 +306,7 @@ Dokumentation
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href \begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href LatexCommand href
target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf" target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf"
@ -316,7 +326,10 @@ Viel Spaß!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout PS \begin_layout PS
P.\InsetSpace \thinspace{} P.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
S.: Blaufarbige Items sollen vor der Adresse eingefügt werden, magentafarbige S.: Blaufarbige Items sollen vor der Adresse eingefügt werden, magentafarbige
danach. danach.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -329,7 +342,7 @@ Die LyX-User
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
keep this environment empty keep this environment empty
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -342,7 +355,7 @@ keep this environment empty
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
} }
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -353,7 +366,7 @@ status open
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Schließt den Schließt den
\series bold \series bold

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 314 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass scrlttr2 \textclass scrlttr2
@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ fromurl=true% print sender URL
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize 11 \paperfontsize 11
\spacing other 1.15 \spacing other 1.15
@ -114,12 +115,17 @@ Das LyX-Entwicklerteam
\begin_layout SenderAddress \begin_layout SenderAddress
Planstr. Planstr.
140 140
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
99999 Planstadt 99999 Planstadt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Telephone \begin_layout Telephone
0011/222\InsetSpace \thinspace{} 0011/222
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
333 333
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -133,10 +139,14 @@ www.lyx.org
\begin_layout Backaddress \begin_layout Backaddress
Das LyX-Entwicklerteam Das LyX-Entwicklerteam
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Planstr. Planstr.
140 140
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
99999 Planstadt 99999 Planstadt
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -156,7 +166,7 @@ Im Internet
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -182,7 +192,7 @@ filename "../addressExample.adr"
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -223,7 +233,7 @@ LaTeX-Vorspann
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout PlainLayout \begin_layout Plain Layout
"= "=
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -234,7 +244,7 @@ Script
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout PlainLayout \begin_layout Plain Layout
"= "=
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -245,7 +255,7 @@ Dokumentation
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href \begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href LatexCommand href
target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf" target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf"
@ -265,7 +275,10 @@ Viel Spaß!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout PS \begin_layout PS
P.\InsetSpace \thinspace{} P.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
S.: Blaufarbige Items sollen vor der Adresse eingefügt werden, magentafarbige S.: Blaufarbige Items sollen vor der Adresse eingefügt werden, magentafarbige
danach. danach.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -278,7 +291,7 @@ Die LyX-User
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
keep this environment empty keep this environment empty
\end_layout \end_layout

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 314 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass scrlttr2 \textclass scrlttr2
@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ fromurl=true% print sender URL
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize 11 \paperfontsize 11
\spacing other 1.15 \spacing other 1.15
@ -114,12 +115,17 @@ Das LyX-Entwicklerteam
\begin_layout SenderAddress \begin_layout SenderAddress
Planstr. Planstr.
140 140
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
99999 Planstadt 99999 Planstadt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Telephone \begin_layout Telephone
0011/222\InsetSpace \thinspace{} 0011/222
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
333 333
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -133,10 +139,14 @@ www.lyx.org
\begin_layout Backaddress \begin_layout Backaddress
Das LyX-Entwicklerteam Das LyX-Entwicklerteam
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Planstr. Planstr.
140 140
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
99999 Planstadt 99999 Planstadt
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -156,7 +166,7 @@ Im Internet
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -172,7 +182,7 @@ today
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -190,7 +200,7 @@ adrentry}[8]{
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -203,7 +213,7 @@ if #5f
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
wenn Person weiblich ist wenn Person weiblich ist
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -217,7 +227,7 @@ Frau
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
#2 #1 #2 #1
\backslash \backslash
@ -226,7 +236,7 @@ status collapsed
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
#3 #3
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -241,7 +251,7 @@ Sehr geehrte Frau
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
#1 #1
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -276,7 +286,7 @@ LaTeX-Vorspann
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout PlainLayout \begin_layout Plain Layout
"= "=
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -287,7 +297,7 @@ Script
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout PlainLayout \begin_layout Plain Layout
"= "=
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -298,7 +308,7 @@ Dokumentation
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href \begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href LatexCommand href
target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf" target "ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguide.pdf"
@ -318,7 +328,10 @@ Viel Spaß!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout PS \begin_layout PS
P.\InsetSpace \thinspace{} P.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
S.: Blaufarbige Items sollen vor der Adresse eingefügt werden, magentafarbige S.: Blaufarbige Items sollen vor der Adresse eingefügt werden, magentafarbige
danach. danach.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -331,7 +344,7 @@ Die LyX-User
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
keep this environment empty keep this environment empty
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -344,7 +357,7 @@ keep this environment empty
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
@ -357,7 +370,7 @@ fi
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Schließt obigen Schließt obigen
\series bold \series bold
@ -376,7 +389,7 @@ if
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
} }
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -387,7 +400,7 @@ status open
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Schließt obigen Schließt obigen
\series bold \series bold

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 340 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass docbook \textclass docbook
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,7 +35,8 @@
\paperpagestyle default \paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "Jose' Matos" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
@ -47,22 +50,20 @@ Docbook with LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
\begin_inset CharStyle Firstname \begin_inset Flex CharStyle:Firstname
show_label true status open
status inlined
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
José José
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
\begin_inset CharStyle Surname \begin_inset Flex CharStyle:Surname
show_label true status open
status inlined
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Matos Matos
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -80,7 +81,8 @@ The abstract can span several paragraphs.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
\begin_inset LatexCommand label \begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "first-section" name "first-section"
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -198,7 +200,8 @@ Labels
If a label is the first element in any layout, that label will be merged If a label is the first element in any layout, that label will be merged
with that element. with that element.
See as an example See as an example
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
name "first-section" name "first-section"
reference "first-section" reference "first-section"
@ -217,11 +220,10 @@ The only fonts supported are
Emphasis Emphasis
\emph default \emph default
and and
\begin_inset CharStyle Literal \begin_inset Flex CharStyle:Literal
show_label true status open
status inlined
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
SGML SGML
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -256,25 +258,24 @@ wide false
sideways false sideways false
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics \begin_inset Graphics
filename ../doc/platypus.eps filename ../doc/platypus.eps
display grayscale
width 2cm width 2cm
height 3cm height 3cm
scaleBeforeRotation
rotateAngle 45 rotateAngle 45
rotateOrigin center rotateOrigin center
scaleBeforeRotation
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption \begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
Nice platypus Nice platypus
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -299,25 +300,24 @@ wide true
sideways false sideways false
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics \begin_inset Graphics
filename ../doc/platypus.eps filename ../doc/platypus.eps
display grayscale
width 2cm width 2cm
height 3cm height 3cm
scaleBeforeRotation
rotateAngle 45 rotateAngle 45
rotateOrigin center rotateOrigin center
scaleBeforeRotation
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption \begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
long, very long... long, very long...
:-) :-)
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -344,21 +344,21 @@ wide false
sideways false sideways false
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center \align center
\begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="5"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="5">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row topline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ status open
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Software 1 Software 1
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Software 1
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Software 2 Software 2
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Software 2
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Software 3 Software 3
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -394,18 +394,18 @@ Software 3
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Software 4 Software 4
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Plataform 1 Plataform 1
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Plataform 1
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
25 MB 25 MB
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Plataform 1
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
10 MB 10 MB
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Plataform 1
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
34 MB 34 MB
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -441,18 +441,18 @@ Plataform 1
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Plataform 2 Plataform 2
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -461,34 +461,34 @@ Plataform 2
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
12 MB 12 MB
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
30 MB 30 MB
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
35 MB 35 MB
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -502,10 +502,10 @@ Plataform 2
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption \begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
Nice Formal Table Nice Formal Table
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -530,7 +530,8 @@ Margins
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
There are some restrictions when using margins. There are some restrictions when using margins.
For further information on docbook allowed syntax consult the For further information on docbook allowed syntax consult the
\begin_inset LatexCommand url \begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "docbook reference manual" name "docbook reference manual"
target "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/documentation/reference/" target "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/documentation/reference/"
@ -546,14 +547,14 @@ It is also possible to insert margin notes inside some environments.
\begin_deeper \begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Marginal \begin_inset Marginal
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
margin note margin note
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -562,12 +563,12 @@ margin note
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
second par -> margin note second par -> margin note
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
third par -> margin note third par -> margin note
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -583,13 +584,13 @@ Notice that the previous layout is at level 1
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
This comes from a docbook restriction. This comes from a docbook restriction.
Sidebar can only appear inside "MSGTEXT", "CAUTION", "IMPORTANT", "NOTE", Sidebar can only appear inside "MSGTEXT", "CAUTION", "IMPORTANT", "NOTE",
"TIP", "WARNING", "BLOCKQUOTE". "TIP", "WARNING", "BLOCKQUOTE".
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
These environments are easily added to the docbook layout. These environments are easily added to the docbook layout.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -601,14 +602,14 @@ These environments are easily added to the docbook layout.
\begin_deeper \begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Marginal \begin_inset Marginal
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
too marginal ;-) too marginal ;-)
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -675,7 +676,7 @@ set (very unlikely)
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
I do not expect lyx to deal with colection of books, for now! I do not expect lyx to deal with colection of books, for now!
\end_layout \end_layout

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,67 +35,62 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
ESTE ES EL TÍTULO DEL DOCUMENTO ESTE ES EL TÍTULO DEL DOCUMENTO
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
por Fulanito por Fulanito
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Date \begin_layout Date
12 de junio de 1972 12 de junio de 1972
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Filosofía general Filosofía general
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
La filosofía básica de LyX es que te preocupes del contenido de lo que escribes, La filosofía básica de LyX es que te preocupes del contenido de lo que escribes,
no de la forma. no de la forma.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Cómo lo hace LyX Cómo lo hace LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos diseñado por LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos diseñado por
Leslie Lamport en 1985. Leslie Lamport en 1985.
Fue construido sobre un lenguaje de composición llamado TeX, creado por Fue construido sobre un lenguaje de composición llamado TeX, creado por
Donald Knuth en 1984. Donald Knuth en 1984.
LaTeX está diseñado sobre una filosofía similar a la de LyX. LaTeX está diseñado sobre una filosofía similar a la de LyX.
Leslie Lamport dijo (ver referencia Leslie Lamport dijo (ver referencia
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
): ):
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Quote \begin_layout Quote
La función del diseño tipográfico es ayudar al lector a comprender las ideas La función del diseño tipográfico es ayudar al lector a comprender las ideas
del autor. del autor.
Para que un documento sea fácil de leer, su estructura visual debe reflejar Para que un documento sea fácil de leer, su estructura visual debe reflejar
@ -106,15 +103,14 @@ La función del diseño tipográfico es ayudar al lector a comprender las ideas
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Por qué LyX es mejor Por qué LyX es mejor
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
name "sec:lyxbetter" name "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
LyX puede ser útil a más gente que LaTeX. LyX puede ser útil a más gente que LaTeX.
@ -146,26 +142,21 @@ lo que ves es lo que quieres decir
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Características de LyX Características de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX posee muchas características que hacen más fácil escribir documentos. LyX posee muchas características que hacen más fácil escribir documentos.
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Después de todo, ¿por qué otra cosa lo querrías usar? Después de todo, ¿por qué otra cosa lo querrías usar?
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
Estoy Estoy
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
muy emocionado muy emocionado
\emph default \emph default
@ -174,50 +165,47 @@ muy emocionado
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
LyX se engarga él solo de los márgenes y la numeración de las notas a pie LyX se engarga él solo de los márgenes y la numeración de las notas a pie
de página de página
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
LyX hace muy simple la edición de fórmulas matemáticas. LyX hace muy simple la edición de fórmulas matemáticas.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Para una discusión más filosófica de por qué LyX es mejor que muchos procesadore Para una discusión más filosófica de por qué LyX es mejor que muchos procesadore
s de texto, mira la sección s de texto, mira la sección
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:lyxbetter" reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
, que se encuentra en la página , que se encuentra en la página
\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "sec:lyxbetter" reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
. .
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
El otro día escribí un programa. El otro día escribí un programa.
Era el siguiente: Era el siguiente:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
5 REMARK MI IMPRESIONANTE PROGRAMA 5 REMARK MI IMPRESIONANTE PROGRAMA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -230,39 +218,38 @@ El otro día escribí un programa.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Después de este gran esfuerzo científico, empecé a sentirme más artístico, Después de este gran esfuerzo científico, empecé a sentirme más artístico,
así que escribí este haiku: así que escribí este haiku:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Verse \begin_layout Verse
LyX es un maravilloso LyX es un maravilloso
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Procesador de textos Procesador de textos
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Ahorra tanto tiempo Ahorra tanto tiempo
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Matemáticas Matemáticas
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Mi ecuación favorita es la solución de la ecuación de segundo grado. Mi ecuación favorita es la solución de la ecuación de segundo grado.
Si Si
\begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$
\end_inset \end_inset
(ec.1), entonces (ec.1), entonces
\begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$
\end_inset \end_inset
(ec. (ec.
@ -270,9 +257,8 @@ Mi ecuación favorita es la solución de la ecuación de segundo grado.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Otra de mis ecuaciones favoritas es la base del cálculo: Otra de mis ecuaciones favoritas es la base del cálculo:
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$
\end_inset \end_inset
(ec. (ec.
@ -280,17 +266,14 @@ Otra de mis ecuaciones favoritas es la base del cálculo:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Comentarios Comentarios
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Un par de apuntes sobre la adaptación a LyX de este fichero: Un par de apuntes sobre la adaptación a LyX de este fichero:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
He quitado la línea hecha a base de guiones. He quitado la línea hecha a base de guiones.
Era simplemente para separar las referencias y el índice del resto del Era simplemente para separar las referencias y el índice del resto del
documento. documento.
@ -298,12 +281,9 @@ He quitado la línea hecha a base de guiones.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
No me he molestado en poner las ecuaciones en modo demostración. No me he molestado en poner las ecuaciones en modo demostración.
Tampoco he utilizado la numeración automática de ecuaciones, porque no Tampoco he utilizado la numeración automática de ecuaciones, porque no
se ha explicado en el se ha explicado en el
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Tutorial Tutorial
\emph default \emph default
@ -311,7 +291,6 @@ Tutorial
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
No he tenido que escribir la palabra No he tenido que escribir la palabra
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -329,9 +308,7 @@ Bibliografía
\begin_inset Quotes erd \begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset \end_inset
, dependiendo de la clase de texto) cuando seleccionas el estilo , dependiendo de la clase de texto) cuando seleccionas el estilo
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Bibliography Bibliography
\family default \family default
@ -339,14 +316,13 @@ Bibliography
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
Lamport, Leslie. Lamport, Leslie.
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,18 +35,17 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
ESTE ES EL TÍTULO DEL DOCUMENTO ESTE ES EL TÍTULO DEL DOCUMENTO
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: el título debería parecerse más a un título Pista: el título debería parecerse más a un título
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -54,13 +55,11 @@ Pista: el título debería parecerse más a un título
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
por Fulanito por Fulanito
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Fulanito es el AUTOR Pista: Fulanito es el AUTOR
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -70,13 +69,11 @@ Pista: Fulanito es el AUTOR
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
12 de junio de 1972 12 de junio de 1972
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Esto es una FECHA Pista: Esto es una FECHA
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -86,18 +83,15 @@ Pista: Esto es una FECHA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Índice general Índice general
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Sería estupendo que no tuviésemos que escribir el índice Pista: Sería estupendo que no tuviésemos que escribir el índice
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
de manera explícita de manera explícita
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -107,53 +101,44 @@ de manera explícita
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Filosofía general..................1 Filosofía general..................1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 Cómo lo hace LyX...............1 1.1 Cómo lo hace LyX...............1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 Por qué LyX es mejor...............1 1.2 Por qué LyX es mejor...............1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
Características de LyX Características de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Matemáticas Matemáticas
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
--------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Filosofía general Filosofía general
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Los títulos de sección deberían resaltar mas Pista: Los títulos de sección deberían resaltar mas
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -163,18 +148,15 @@ Pista: Los títulos de sección deberían resaltar mas
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
La filosofía básica de LyX es que te preocupes del contenido de lo que escribes, La filosofía básica de LyX es que te preocupes del contenido de lo que escribes,
no de la forma. no de la forma.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 Cómo lo hace LyX 1.1 Cómo lo hace LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos diseñado por LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos diseñado por
Leslie Lamport en 1985. Leslie Lamport en 1985.
Fue construido sobre un lenguaje de composición llamado TeX, creado por Fue construido sobre un lenguaje de composición llamado TeX, creado por
@ -184,19 +166,16 @@ LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos diseñado por
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Probablemente esta REFERENCIA A CITA no debería Pista: Probablemente esta REFERENCIA A CITA no debería
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
estar escrita "directamente". estar escrita "directamente".
¿Qué pasaría si ponemos el libro ¿Qué pasaría si ponemos el libro
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
de Lamport en la segunda entrada de la bibliografía? de Lamport en la segunda entrada de la bibliografía?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -206,8 +185,6 @@ de Lamport en la segunda entrada de la bibliografía?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -227,8 +204,7 @@ La función del diseño tipográfico es ayudar al lector a comprender las ideas
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Esto es una CITA Pista: Esto es una CITA
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -238,12 +214,10 @@ Pista: Esto es una CITA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 Por qué LyX es mejor 1.2 Por qué LyX es mejor
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX puede ser útil a más gente que LaTeX. LyX puede ser útil a más gente que LaTeX.
Es considerablemente más fácil de usar, ya que no necesitas aprender LaTeX Es considerablemente más fácil de usar, ya que no necesitas aprender LaTeX
(que es prácticamente un lenguaje de programación). (que es prácticamente un lenguaje de programación).
@ -273,25 +247,21 @@ lo que ves es lo que quieres decir
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
Características de LyX Características de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX posee muchas características que hacen más fácil escribir documentos. LyX posee muchas características que hacen más fácil escribir documentos.
(Después de todo, ¿por qué otra cosa lo querrías usar? (Después de todo, ¿por qué otra cosa lo querrías usar?
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Este comentario entre paréntesis quedaría mejor en una Pista: Este comentario entre paréntesis quedaría mejor en una
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
nota a pie de página nota a pie de página
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -301,8 +271,7 @@ nota a pie de página
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: ¡Resáltalo! Pista: ¡Resáltalo!
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -313,36 +282,30 @@ Pista: ¡Resáltalo!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* LyX se engarga él solo de los márgenes y la numeración de las notas a * LyX se engarga él solo de los márgenes y la numeración de las notas a
pie de página pie de página
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* LyX hace muy simple la edición de fórmulas matemáticas. * LyX hace muy simple la edición de fórmulas matemáticas.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Para una discusión más filosófica de por qué LyX es mejor que muchos procesadore Para una discusión más filosófica de por qué LyX es mejor que muchos procesadore
s de texto, mira la sección 1.2, que se encuentra en la página 1. s de texto, mira la sección 1.2, que se encuentra en la página 1.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Seguramente, estas REFERENCIAS CRUZADAS no Pista: Seguramente, estas REFERENCIAS CRUZADAS no
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
deberían escribirse "directamente". deberían escribirse "directamente".
¿Y si cambiásemos los ¿Y si cambiásemos los
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
números de sección? números de sección?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -352,24 +315,20 @@ números de sección?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
El otro día escribí un programa. El otro día escribí un programa.
Era el siguiente: Era el siguiente:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
5 REMARK MI IMPRESIONANTE PROGRAMA 5 REMARK MI IMPRESIONANTE PROGRAMA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -382,13 +341,11 @@ El otro día escribí un programa.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Esto es código de ordenador Pista: Esto es código de ordenador
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -398,34 +355,28 @@ Pista: Esto es código de ordenador
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Después de este gran esfuerzo científico, empecé a sentirme más artístico, Después de este gran esfuerzo científico, empecé a sentirme más artístico,
así que escribí este haiku: así que escribí este haiku:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX es un maravilloso LyX es un maravilloso
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Procesador de textos Procesador de textos
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Ahorra tanto tiempo Ahorra tanto tiempo
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: No es muy bueno, pero es poesia, concretamente una Pista: No es muy bueno, pero es poesia, concretamente una
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
estrofa estrofa
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -435,19 +386,16 @@ estrofa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Matemáticas Matemáticas
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pista: Todas las fórmulas a partir de aquí deberían escribirse Pista: Todas las fórmulas a partir de aquí deberían escribirse
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
en modo matematico en modo matematico
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -457,7 +405,6 @@ en modo matematico
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Mi ecuación favorita es la solución de la ecuación de segundo grado. Mi ecuación favorita es la solución de la ecuación de segundo grado.
Si ax^2+bx+c=0 (ec.1), entonces x= -b + o menos la raíz cuadrada de b^2-4ac, Si ax^2+bx+c=0 (ec.1), entonces x= -b + o menos la raíz cuadrada de b^2-4ac,
todo dividido por 2a (ec. todo dividido por 2a (ec.
@ -465,7 +412,6 @@ Mi ecuación favorita es la solución de la ecuación de segundo grado.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Otra de mis ecuaciones favoritas es la base del cálculo: f'(x) se define Otra de mis ecuaciones favoritas es la base del cálculo: f'(x) se define
como el límite cuando deltax tiende a cero de f(x+deltax) - f(x) dividido como el límite cuando deltax tiende a cero de f(x+deltax) - f(x) dividido
por deltax (ec. por deltax (ec.
@ -473,17 +419,14 @@ Otra de mis ecuaciones favoritas es la base del cálculo: f'(x) se define
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
REFERENCIAS REFERENCIAS
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
[1] Lamport, Leslie. [1] Lamport, Leslie.
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, segunda edición, 1994. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, segunda edición, 1994.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,18 +35,17 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
HAU IDAZKIAREN IZENBURUA DA HAU IDAZKIAREN IZENBURUA DA
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea:: Izenburak izenburu baten itxura gehiago eduki beharko luke. Argibidea:: Izenburak izenburu baten itxura gehiago eduki beharko luke.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -54,13 +55,11 @@ Argibidea:: Izenburak izenburu baten itxura gehiago eduki beharko luke.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
egilea: Norbait egilea: Norbait
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Norbaitek egilea da. Argibidea: Norbaitek egilea da.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -70,13 +69,11 @@ Argibidea: Norbaitek egilea da.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1973ko urriak 23 1973ko urriak 23
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea:Hau DATA bat da. Argibidea:Hau DATA bat da.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -86,18 +83,15 @@ Argibidea:Hau DATA bat da.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Aurkibide orokorra Aurkibide orokorra
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Zoragarria izango zatekeen aurkibidea eskuz idatzi Argibidea: Zoragarria izango zatekeen aurkibidea eskuz idatzi
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
beharrik ez edukitzea. beharrik ez edukitzea.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -107,53 +101,44 @@ beharrik ez edukitzea.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Oinarrizko Izakera..................1 Oinarrizko Izakera..................1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 LyX-ek nola lantzen duen...............1 1.1 LyX-ek nola lantzen duen...............1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 LyX Zergaitik da hobeagoa...............1 1.2 LyX Zergaitik da hobeagoa...............1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
LyX-en Ezaugarriak LyX-en Ezaugarriak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Matematikak Matematikak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
--------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Oinarrizko Izakera Oinarrizko Izakera
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Ataleko izenburuek gehiago nabarmendu beharko ziren. Argibidea: Ataleko izenburuek gehiago nabarmendu beharko ziren.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -163,17 +148,14 @@ Argibidea: Ataleko izenburuek gehiago nabarmendu beharko ziren.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX-en oinarrizko izakeran idatzi beharrekoan datza, eta ez itxuran. LyX-en oinarrizko izakeran idatzi beharrekoan datza, eta ez itxuran.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 LyX-ek nola lantzen duen 1.1 LyX-ek nola lantzen duen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki
prestaketa sisteman. prestaketa sisteman.
TeX (Donald Knuth-ek 1984-ean sortuta) izeneko osaketa hizkuntzaren gain TeX (Donald Knuth-ek 1984-ean sortuta) izeneko osaketa hizkuntzaren gain
@ -183,23 +165,19 @@ LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: AIPAMEN ERREFERENTZI hau eskuz idatzita ez Argibidea: AIPAMEN ERREFERENTZI hau eskuz idatzita ez
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
egotea legezkoena izango zatekeen. egotea legezkoena izango zatekeen.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Zer gertatuko litzatekeen Lamport-en liburua bibliografiako Zer gertatuko litzatekeen Lamport-en liburua bibliografiako
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
bigarren sarrera jartzen badugu? bigarren sarrera jartzen badugu?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -209,8 +187,6 @@ bigarren sarrera jartzen badugu?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -231,8 +207,7 @@ Tipografi diseinuaren betebeharra irakurtzaileak egilearen burutazioak ulerttu
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Hau AIPAMEN bat da. Argibidea: Hau AIPAMEN bat da.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -242,12 +217,10 @@ Argibidea: Hau AIPAMEN bat da.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 LyX zergatik da hobeagoa 1.2 LyX zergatik da hobeagoa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX erabiltzaileentzat LaTeX baino erabilgarriagoa izan daiteke. LyX erabiltzaileentzat LaTeX baino erabilgarriagoa izan daiteke.
Askoz ere erabil errazagokoa da, LaTeX zer den ikasi beharrik ez bait daukazu Askoz ere erabil errazagokoa da, LaTeX zer den ikasi beharrik ez bait daukazu
(azken finean ia programaketa hizkuntza denez). (azken finean ia programaketa hizkuntza denez).
@ -277,25 +250,21 @@ ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
LyX-en Ezaugarriak LyX-en Ezaugarriak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX-ek idazkiak idazteko erreztasun asko eskeintzen dituen ezugarri ugari LyX-ek idazkiak idazteko erreztasun asko eskeintzen dituen ezugarri ugari
ditu (bestela, zertarako nahiko zenuke erabiltzea? ditu (bestela, zertarako nahiko zenuke erabiltzea?
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Parentesi arteko azalpen hau orri oineko ohar batean Argibidea: Parentesi arteko azalpen hau orri oineko ohar batean
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
hobekiago egongo litzatekeen. hobekiago egongo litzatekeen.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -306,8 +275,7 @@ hobekiago egongo litzatekeen.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Nabarmendu ezazu! Argibidea: Nabarmendu ezazu!
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -318,36 +286,30 @@ Argibidea: Nabarmendu ezazu!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* Margenak eta Orri Oineko Oharren zenbaketetaz LyX bera arduratzen da * Margenak eta Orri Oineko Oharren zenbaketetaz LyX bera arduratzen da
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* LyX-ek matematika ekuazioak idaztean izugarrizko erreztasuna eskeintzen * LyX-ek matematika ekuazioak idaztean izugarrizko erreztasuna eskeintzen
du. du.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX beste testu prozesatzaileen baino hobeago izatearen zergatia eztabaidatzeko, LyX beste testu prozesatzaileen baino hobeago izatearen zergatia eztabaidatzeko,
1.2 atala ikusi, 1. 1.2 atala ikusi, 1.
orrialdean aurkitzen da. orrialdean aurkitzen da.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Ziurrenik, GURUTZATUTAKO ERREFERENTZI Argibidea: Ziurrenik, GURUTZATUTAKO ERREFERENTZI
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
hauek eskuz idatzirik ez luketeen egon behar. hauek eskuz idatzirik ez luketeen egon behar.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Eta ataletako zenbakiak aldatzen baditugu? Eta ataletako zenbakiak aldatzen baditugu?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -357,24 +319,20 @@ Eta ataletako zenbakiak aldatzen baditugu?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Lehengo batean programa bat idatzi nuen. Lehengo batean programa bat idatzi nuen.
Ondoko hau zen: Ondoko hau zen:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
5 REMARK NERE PROGRAMA IKUSGARRIA 5 REMARK NERE PROGRAMA IKUSGARRIA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -387,13 +345,11 @@ IKUSGARRIA NAIZ
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Hau ordenagailu kodea da. Argibidea: Hau ordenagailu kodea da.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -403,34 +359,28 @@ Argibidea: Hau ordenagailu kodea da.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Zientzilan ikaragarri haundi honen ondoren, artista bat nintzela sentitzen Zientzilan ikaragarri haundi honen ondoren, artista bat nintzela sentitzen
hasi nintzen, eta ondorengo hori idatzi nuen: hasi nintzen, eta ondorengo hori idatzi nuen:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX idazki prozezatzaile LyX idazki prozezatzaile
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Zoragarri bat da Zoragarri bat da
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Hainbeste denbora aurrezten du Hainbeste denbora aurrezten du
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Ez da oso ona, baina olerkia da, estrofa bat Argibidea: Ez da oso ona, baina olerkia da, estrofa bat
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
hain zuzen. hain zuzen.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -440,19 +390,16 @@ hain zuzen.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Matematikak Matematikak
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Argibidea: Hemendik aurrera agertzen diren ekuazio guztiak Argibidea: Hemendik aurrera agertzen diren ekuazio guztiak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
matematika eran idatziak izan beharko ziren. matematika eran idatziak izan beharko ziren.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -462,7 +409,6 @@ matematika eran idatziak izan beharko ziren.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Nere ekuazio gogokoena bigarren mailako ekuazio baten emaitza da. Nere ekuazio gogokoena bigarren mailako ekuazio baten emaitza da.
Baldin eta ax^2+bx+c=0 (1.ek), orduan x= -b + o ken b^2-4ac-ren erroketa,hau Baldin eta ax^2+bx+c=0 (1.ek), orduan x= -b + o ken b^2-4ac-ren erroketa,hau
dena 2a (2. dena 2a (2.
@ -470,24 +416,20 @@ Nere ekuazio gogokoena bigarren mailako ekuazio baten emaitza da.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Beste ekuazio ederrenetakoa kalkulu oinarria da: f'(x) limitzat definitzen Beste ekuazio ederrenetakoa kalkulu oinarria da: f'(x) limitzat definitzen
da f(x+deltax) - f(x)-ren zerora hurbiltzen denean, deltax (3. da f(x+deltax) - f(x)-ren zerora hurbiltzen denean, deltax (3.
ek)-egatik zatitua. ek)-egatik zatitua.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
ERREFERENTZIAK ERREFERENTZIAK
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
[1] Lamport, Leslie. [1] Lamport, Leslie.
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, bigarren argitaraketa, 1994. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, bigarren argitaraketa, 1994.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,66 +35,61 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
HAU IDAZKIAREN IZENBURUA DA HAU IDAZKIAREN IZENBURUA DA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
egilea: Norbait egilea: Norbait
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Date \begin_layout Date
1973ko urriak 23 1973ko urriak 23
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Oinarrizko Izakera Oinarrizko Izakera
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX-en oinarrizko izakeran idatzi beharrekoan datza, eta ez itxuran. LyX-en oinarrizko izakeran idatzi beharrekoan datza, eta ez itxuran.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
LyX-ek nola lantzen duen LyX-ek nola lantzen duen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki
prestaketa sisteman. prestaketa sisteman.
TeX (Donald Knuth-ek 1984-ean sortuta) izeneko osaketa hizkuntzaren gain TeX (Donald Knuth-ek 1984-ean sortuta) izeneko osaketa hizkuntzaren gain
eraikia izan zen. eraikia izan zen.
LaTeX LyX-en antzeko izakera baten gain diseinatuta dago. LaTeX LyX-en antzeko izakera baten gain diseinatuta dago.
Leslie Lamport-ek esan zuen ( Leslie Lamport-ek esan zuen (
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Lamport" key "Lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
erreferentzia ikusi) : erreferentzia ikusi) :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Quote \begin_layout Quote
Tipografi diseinuaren betebeharra irakurtzaileak egilearen burutazioak ulerttu Tipografi diseinuaren betebeharra irakurtzaileak egilearen burutazioak ulerttu
araztean datza. araztean datza.
Idazki bat irakur erraza izan dadin, bere ikus egitura bere logika egituraren Idazki bat irakur erraza izan dadin, bere ikus egitura bere logika egituraren
@ -106,15 +103,14 @@ Tipografi diseinuaren betebeharra irakurtzaileak egilearen burutazioak ulerttu
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
LyX zergatik da hobeagoa LyX zergatik da hobeagoa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
name "atal:lyxhobeagoa" name "atal:lyxhobeagoa"
\end_inset \end_inset
LyX erabiltzaileentzat LaTeX baino erabilgarriagoa izan daiteke. LyX erabiltzaileentzat LaTeX baino erabilgarriagoa izan daiteke.
@ -146,27 +142,22 @@ ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
LyX-en Ezaugarriak LyX-en Ezaugarriak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX-ek idazkiak idazteko erreztasun asko eskeintzen dituen ezugarri ugari LyX-ek idazkiak idazteko erreztasun asko eskeintzen dituen ezugarri ugari
ditu. ditu.
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
bestela, zertarako nahiko zenuke erabiltzea? bestela, zertarako nahiko zenuke erabiltzea?
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
Beraietaz mintzatzeak Beraietaz mintzatzeak
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
asko unkitzen asko unkitzen
\emph default \emph default
@ -175,50 +166,47 @@ asko unkitzen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Margenak eta Orri Oineko Oharren zenbaketetaz LyX bera arduratzen da Margenak eta Orri Oineko Oharren zenbaketetaz LyX bera arduratzen da
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
LyX-ek matematika ekuazioak idaztean izugarrizko erreztasuna eskeintzen LyX-ek matematika ekuazioak idaztean izugarrizko erreztasuna eskeintzen
du. du.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX beste testu prozesatzaileen baino hobeago izatearen zergatia eztabaidatzeko, LyX beste testu prozesatzaileen baino hobeago izatearen zergatia eztabaidatzeko,
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "atal:lyxhobeagoa" reference "atal:lyxhobeagoa"
\end_inset \end_inset
atala ikusi, atala ikusi,
\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "atal:lyxhobeagoa" reference "atal:lyxhobeagoa"
\end_inset \end_inset
orrialdean aurkitzen da. orrialdean aurkitzen da.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Lehengo batean programa bat idatzi nuen. Lehengo batean programa bat idatzi nuen.
Ondoko hau zen: Ondoko hau zen:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
5 REMARK NERE PROGRAMA IKUSGARRIA 5 REMARK NERE PROGRAMA IKUSGARRIA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -231,39 +219,38 @@ IKUSGARRIA NAIZ
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Zientzilan ikaragarri haundi honen ondoren, artista bat nintzela sentitzen Zientzilan ikaragarri haundi honen ondoren, artista bat nintzela sentitzen
hasi nintzen, eta ondorengo hori idatzi nuen: hasi nintzen, eta ondorengo hori idatzi nuen:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Verse \begin_layout Verse
LyX idazki prozezatzaile LyX idazki prozezatzaile
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Zoragarri bat da Zoragarri bat da
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Hainbeste denbora aurrezten du Hainbeste denbora aurrezten du
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Matematikak Matematikak
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Nere ekuazio gogokoena bigarren mailako ekuazio baten emaitza da. Nere ekuazio gogokoena bigarren mailako ekuazio baten emaitza da.
Baldin eta Baldin eta
\begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$
\end_inset \end_inset
(1.ek), orduan (1.ek), orduan
\begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$
\end_inset \end_inset
(2. (2.
@ -271,9 +258,8 @@ Nere ekuazio gogokoena bigarren mailako ekuazio baten emaitza da.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Beste ekuazio polita kalkulu oinarria da: Beste ekuazio polita kalkulu oinarria da:
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$
\end_inset \end_inset
(3. (3.
@ -281,7 +267,8 @@ Beste ekuazio polita kalkulu oinarria da:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Lamport" key "Lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -72,6 +72,7 @@
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -17,9 +17,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -37,24 +39,21 @@
\paperpagestyle default \paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
Une meilleure solution pour l'Alignement Décimal Une meilleure solution pour l'Alignement Décimal
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Traduction par Adrien Traduction par Adrien
\noun on \noun on
Rebollo Rebollo
\noun default \noun default
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
<Adrien.Rebollo@gmx.fr> <Adrien.Rebollo@gmx.fr>
@ -68,18 +67,15 @@ Rebollo
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Informations de révision : Informations de révision :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 07/07/2003 Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 07/07/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Original : Révision : 1.5, Date : 17/01/2003 Original : Révision : 1.5, Date : 17/01/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -89,11 +85,8 @@ Original : Révision : 1.5, Date : 17/01/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Une méthode alternative pour obtenir un alignement décimal dans les tableaux Une méthode alternative pour obtenir un alignement décimal dans les tableaux
est de passer par le paquetage est de passer par le paquetage
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
dcolumn dcolumn
\family default \family default
@ -102,8 +95,7 @@ dcolumn
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
NdT : Si votre séparateur décimal est la virgule. NdT : Si votre séparateur décimal est la virgule.
Si c'est le point, remplacez les virgules par des points. Si c'est le point, remplacez les virgules par des points.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -115,35 +107,37 @@ NdT : Si votre séparateur décimal est la virgule.
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
\backslash \backslash
usepackage{dcolumn} usepackage{dcolumn}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
\backslash \backslash
newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}} newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Pour avoir une colonne alignée sur le symbole décimal, entrez ce qui suit Pour avoir une colonne alignée sur le symbole décimal, entrez ce qui suit
dans le champ dans le champ
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Colonne\InsetSpace ~ Colonne
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Alignement Alignement
\family default \family default
de la fenêtre de la fenêtre
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Style\InsetSpace ~ Style
du\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
du
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tableau\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tableau\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Colonne/Rangée Colonne/Rangée
\family default \family default
@ -151,25 +145,18 @@ Colonne/Rangée
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
d{nombre de chiffres après la virgule dans les données} d{nombre de chiffres après la virgule dans les données}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Dans le tableau suivant nous avons entré
Dans le tableau suivant nous avons entré
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
d{4} d{4}
\family default \family default
: :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -178,18 +165,16 @@ d{4}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\align center \align center
\begin_inset Tabular
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="2"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="2">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt" special="d{4}"> <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="d{4}">
<row bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Expression Expression
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -198,8 +183,7 @@ Expression
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Valeur Valeur
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -207,12 +191,10 @@ Valeur
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -224,8 +206,7 @@ Valeur
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none" special="d{4}"> <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none" special="d{4}">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
3,1416 3,1416
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -233,12 +214,10 @@ Valeur
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -247,11 +226,10 @@ Valeur
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
36,462 36,462
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -259,12 +237,10 @@ Valeur
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ \begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -273,11 +249,10 @@ Valeur
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
80663, 80663,
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -285,12 +260,10 @@ Valeur
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -299,11 +272,10 @@ Valeur
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
1,3402e18 1,3402e18
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -318,37 +290,27 @@ Valeur
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Pour créer de l'espace supplémentaire dans la colonne augmentez juste le Pour créer de l'espace supplémentaire dans la colonne augmentez juste le
nombre de décimales dans nombre de décimales dans
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
d{} d{}
\family default \family default
. .
Cocher l'attribut Cocher l'attribut
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Multicolonne Multicolonne
\family default \family default
pour une case isolée la rend insensible à l'alignement décimal, ce qui pour une case isolée la rend insensible à l'alignement décimal, ce qui
est commode. est commode.
Un inconvénient de cette méthode est que le mode mathématique n'est pas Un inconvénient de cette méthode est que le mode mathématique n'est pas
autorisé dans une case avec l'alignement décimal sauf si l'attribut autorisé dans une case avec l'alignement décimal sauf si l'attribut
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Multicolonne Multicolonne
\family default \family default
@ -356,10 +318,7 @@ Multicolonne
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Cette méthode offre la même flexibilité que le paquetage
Cette méthode offre la même flexibilité que le paquetage
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
dcolumn dcolumn
\family default \family default
@ -371,13 +330,11 @@ t plusieurs types de colonnes dans le préambule.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places} D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places}
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
NdT : non traduit car je ne suis pas certain du sens NdT : non traduit car je ne suis pas certain du sens
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -387,10 +344,7 @@ NdT : non traduit car je ne suis pas certain du sens
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Le lecteur intéressé se référera à la documentation du paquetage
Le lecteur intéressé se référera à la documentation du paquetage
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
dcolumn dcolumn
\family default \family default

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass foils \textclass foils
@ -18,9 +18,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -51,32 +53,28 @@
\bullet 3 1 3 -1 \bullet 3 1 3 -1
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
Classe Foils Classe Foils
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 7pt \begin_inset VSpace 7pt
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 7pt hrule height 7pt
@ -89,7 +87,6 @@ hrule height 7pt
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
\noun on \noun on
Allan Rae Allan Rae
\noun default \noun default
@ -97,12 +94,10 @@ et l'Équipe LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Date \begin_layout Date
19 novembre 1997 19 novembre 1997
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Abstract \begin_layout Abstract
On peut combiner LyX et FoilTeX en un puissant outil de préparation de On peut combiner LyX et FoilTeX en un puissant outil de préparation de
\begin_inset Quotes fld \begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -115,17 +110,15 @@ transparents
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Foilhead \begin_layout Foilhead
Voici un En-tête_Diapo Voici un En-tête_Diapo
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -137,7 +130,6 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Un En-tête_Diapo démarre une nouvelle diapo. Un En-tête_Diapo démarre une nouvelle diapo.
Il y a aussi une version Courte qui réduit l'espace entre l'en-tête et Il y a aussi une version Courte qui réduit l'espace entre l'en-tête et
le corps de la diapo. le corps de la diapo.
@ -146,12 +138,11 @@ Un En-tête_Diapo démarre une nouvelle diapo.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
zerolistvertdimens{} zerolistvertdimens{}
@ -166,35 +157,33 @@ Puces
\begin_deeper \begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
est idéale avec la classe foils est idéale avec la classe foils
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_deeper \begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
vous permettant de choisir la puce vous permettant de choisir la puce
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_deeper \begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
pour chacun des quatre niveaux de l'environnement ListePuces pour chacun des quatre niveaux de l'environnement ListePuces
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_deeper \end_deeper
\end_deeper \end_deeper
\end_deeper \end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
NOTE : Pour exploiter toutes les possibilités de sélection de la forme des NOTE : Pour exploiter toutes les possibilités de sélection de la forme des
puces, lisez le manuel d' puces, lisez le manuel d'
\emph on \emph on
Options\InsetSpace ~ Options
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Avancées Avancées
\emph default \emph default
et l'exemple et l'exemple
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
fr_ListesPuces.lyx fr_ListesPuces.lyx
\family default \family default
@ -202,11 +191,8 @@ fr_ListesPuces.lyx
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
NOTE 2 : Pour avoir un espacement de liste petit comme ici mettez la commande NOTE 2 : Pour avoir un espacement de liste petit comme ici mettez la commande
FoilTeX FoilTeX
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -216,17 +202,15 @@ zerolistvertdimens{}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
Voici un En-tête_Diapo_Court Voici un En-tête_Diapo_Court
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -238,29 +222,24 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
La classe foils a été étendue pour avoir deux nouveaux types de listes à La classe foils a été étendue pour avoir deux nouveaux types de listes à
puces. puces.
Ce sont : Ce sont :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout TickList \begin_layout TickList
ListeCochés (TickList) ListeCochés (TickList)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
et et
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout CrossList \begin_layout CrossList
ListeCroix (CrossList) ListeCroix (CrossList)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Ces deux listes ont été ajoutées pour les listes de type conseils / interdiction Ces deux listes ont été ajoutées pour les listes de type conseils / interdiction
s, ou s, ou
\begin_inset Quotes fld \begin_inset Quotes fld
@ -285,17 +264,15 @@ pas d'accord
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Rotatefoilhead \begin_layout Rotatefoilhead
En-tête_Diapo_Tourné En-tête_Diapo_Tourné
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -307,42 +284,36 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Vous pouvez créer des diapos paysage avec En-tête_Diapo_Tourné. Vous pouvez créer des diapos paysage avec En-tête_Diapo_Tourné.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Notez qui si vous visionnez ça avec xdvi la page semblera déborder de la Notez qui si vous visionnez ça avec xdvi la page semblera déborder de la
feuille car xdvi ne tourne pas le texte. feuille car xdvi ne tourne pas le texte.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Si vous visionnez ce document avec ghostview ou quelque chose d'approchant Si vous visionnez ce document avec ghostview ou quelque chose d'approchant
la page apparaîtra tournée. la page apparaîtra tournée.
Sinon c'est que vous n'avez sans doute pas le bon pilote dvips. Sinon c'est que vous n'avez sans doute pas le bon pilote dvips.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Definition* \begin_layout Definition*
Il y a aussi plusieurs environnements spécialement destinés à présenter Il y a aussi plusieurs environnements spécialement destinés à présenter
des Théorèmes, Lemmes, Corollaires, Propositions, Preuves et Définitions. des Théorèmes, Lemmes, Corollaires, Propositions, Preuves et Définitions.
Il en existe des versions numérotées et non numérotées. Il en existe des versions numérotées et non numérotées.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortRotatefoilhead \begin_layout ShortRotatefoilhead
En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -354,19 +325,17 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Là encore la version courte réduit l'espace sous l'en-tête. Là encore la version courte réduit l'espace sous l'en-tête.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Une autre façon de contrôler la séparation est d'en ajuster la taille dans Une autre façon de contrôler la séparation est d'en ajuster la taille dans
le préambule, ce qui affectera à la fois la version normale et la version le préambule, ce qui affectera à la fois la version normale et la version
courte des en-têtes de diapo (droits et tournés). courte des en-têtes de diapo (droits et tournés).
Par exemple, Par exemple,
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -376,38 +345,43 @@ setlength{
foilheadskip}{-0.5in} foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
\family default \family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
réduira l'espacement de 0,5
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\newline
réduira l'espacement de 0,5\InsetSpace ~
pouce. pouce.
Les autres unités comprennent mm (millimètres) et pt (points). Les autres unités comprennent mm (millimètres) et pt (points).
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Les versions
Les versions
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
courtes courtes
\emph default \emph default
des en-têtes de diapo réduisent la séparation de 0,5\InsetSpace ~ des en-têtes de diapo réduisent la séparation de 0,5
pouce (environ 12,5\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
pouce (environ 12,5
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mm). mm).
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
Preuves non triviales Preuves non triviales
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -419,40 +393,27 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
Plusieurs paragraphes consécutifs de type
Plusieurs paragraphes consécutifs de type
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Theorem Theorem
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Lemme Lemme
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Corollaire Corollaire
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Proposition Proposition
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Définition Définition
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Preuve Preuve
\emph default \emph default
@ -461,45 +422,31 @@ Preuve
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
Comme vous voyez, nous sommes toujours dans le même lemme. Comme vous voyez, nous sommes toujours dans le même lemme.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
Several consecutive paragraphs of type
Several consecutive paragraphs of type
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Theorem Theorem
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Lemma Lemma
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Corollary Corollary
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Proposition Proposition
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Definition Definition
\emph default \emph default
, ,
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Proof Proof
\emph default \emph default
@ -507,17 +454,15 @@ Proof
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
As you can see, we are still in the same lemma. As you can see, we are still in the same lemma.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
% %
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -527,12 +472,9 @@ status inlined
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
Pour mettre un deuxième Lemme juste après le premier, il faut les séparer Pour mettre un deuxième Lemme juste après le premier, il faut les séparer
par du texte standard ou, comme ici, par un insert TeX qui contient juste par du texte standard ou, comme ici, par un insert TeX qui contient juste
un un
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\emph on \emph on
@ -553,11 +495,8 @@ ent les deux environnements.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Lemma* \begin_layout Lemma*
NOTE : Vous ne rencontrerez ce problème qu'avec des paragraphes du même NOTE : Vous ne rencontrerez ce problème qu'avec des paragraphes du même
type et type et
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
pas pas
\emph default \emph default
@ -565,17 +504,15 @@ pas
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
Tableaux et Figures Tableaux et Figures
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -586,10 +523,7 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -598,51 +532,46 @@ hrule height 3pt
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\align center \align center
\begin_inset Tabular
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Colonne 1 Colonne 1
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Colonne 2 Colonne 2
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Colonne 3 Colonne 3
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Simple Simple
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -651,8 +580,7 @@ Simple
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on \emph on
exemple exemple
@ -663,20 +591,18 @@ exemple
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
de de
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar under \bar under
tableau tableau
@ -684,21 +610,19 @@ tableau
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
avec avec
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold \series bold
foils foils
@ -715,17 +639,13 @@ foils
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Les tableaux et les figures sont tous deux supportés dans Foils. Les tableaux et les figures sont tous deux supportés dans Foils.
Cependant les flottants ne flottent pas, mais apparaissent exactement là Cependant les flottants ne flottent pas, mais apparaissent exactement là
où ils se trouvent dans le texte. où ils se trouvent dans le texte.
@ -733,7 +653,6 @@ Les tableaux et les figures sont tous deux supportés dans Foils.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Both tables and figures are supported in Foils however floats don't float Both tables and figures are supported in Foils however floats don't float
instead they appear exactly where they appear in the text. instead they appear exactly where they appear in the text.
Any placement parameters you set will be ignored. Any placement parameters you set will be ignored.
@ -743,31 +662,28 @@ wide false
sideways false sideways false
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center \align center
\begin_inset Tabular
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3"> <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features> <features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt"> <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Ligne 1 Ligne 1
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on \emph on
Autre Autre
@ -775,23 +691,21 @@ Autre
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
exemple exemple
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Ligne 2 Ligne 2
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -800,8 +714,7 @@ Ligne 2
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar under \bar under
de de
@ -812,30 +725,27 @@ de
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
tableau tableau
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
</row> </row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true"> <row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Ligne 3 Ligne 3
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold \series bold
avec avec
@ -843,11 +753,10 @@ avec
\end_inset \end_inset
</cell> </cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none"> <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text \begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
foils foils
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -861,11 +770,10 @@ foils
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption \begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
Voici un tableau flottant qui ne flotte pas Voici un tableau flottant qui ne flotte pas
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -880,17 +788,15 @@ Voici un tableau flottant qui ne flotte pas
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
En-têtes et Pieds de Page En-têtes et Pieds de Page
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -902,14 +808,12 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
FoilTeX offre de nombreuses possibilités pour gérer les en-têtes et les FoilTeX offre de nombreuses possibilités pour gérer les en-têtes et les
pieds de page pieds de page
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les notes en bas de page standard comme ici. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les notes en bas de page standard comme ici.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -923,18 +827,13 @@ Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les notes en bas de page standard comme ici.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Le pied de page gauche est contrôlé par les deux commandes
Le pied de page gauche est contrôlé par les deux commandes
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
MyLogo{} MyLogo{}
\family default \family default
et et
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -955,13 +854,11 @@ Restriction{}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Les autres coins sont contrôlés par : Les autres coins sont contrôlés par :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -972,7 +869,6 @@ rightfooter{}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -981,7 +877,6 @@ rightheader{}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -989,17 +884,15 @@ leftheader{}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Foilhead \begin_layout Foilhead
Pour en Savoir Plus Pour en Savoir Plus
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status inlined status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash \backslash
hrule height 3pt hrule height 3pt
@ -1011,7 +904,6 @@ hrule height 3pt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Il devrait y avoir de la documentation sur FoilTeX dans votre distribution Il devrait y avoir de la documentation sur FoilTeX dans votre distribution
LaTeX. LaTeX.
Il y a bien d'autres fonctions de FoilTeX qui n'ont pas été décrites ici. Il y a bien d'autres fonctions de FoilTeX qui n'ont pas été décrites ici.
@ -1021,7 +913,8 @@ Il devrait y avoir de la documentation sur FoilTeX dans votre distribution
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "2" key "2"
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -1034,22 +927,24 @@ The FoilTeX Class Package
\begin_inset Quotes frd \begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset \end_inset
, ,
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
.../texmf/texmf/doc/latex/foiltex/foiltex.dvi .../texmf/texmf/doc/latex/foiltex/foiltex.dvi
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "2" key "2"
\end_inset \end_inset
Équipe de Documentation LyX, manuel d' Équipe de Documentation LyX, manuel d'
\emph on \emph on
Options\InsetSpace ~ Options
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Avancées Avancées
\emph default \emph default
. .

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,28 +35,25 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
CECI EST LE TITRE DU DOCUMENT CECI EST LE TITRE DU DOCUMENT
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Informations de révision : Informations de révision :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Traduction : Mise à jour, Date: 07/07/2003 Traduction : Mise à jour, Date: 07/07/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Original : Révision: 1.5, Date: 17/01/2002 Original : Révision: 1.5, Date: 17/01/2002
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -64,13 +63,11 @@ Original : Révision: 1.5, Date: 17/01/2002
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Le titre devrait ressembler un peu plus à un titre ("TITLE") Le titre devrait ressembler un peu plus à un titre ("TITLE")
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -80,18 +77,15 @@ Le titre devrait ressembler un peu plus à un titre ("TITLE")
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
par Fée LyX par Fée LyX
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Fée est l'auteur de ce document ("AUTHOR") Fée est l'auteur de ce document ("AUTHOR")
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -101,18 +95,15 @@ Fée est l'auteur de ce document ("AUTHOR")
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
12 Juin 1972 12 Juin 1972
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Ceci est une "DATE".(NdT: Si si !) Ceci est une "DATE".(NdT: Si si !)
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -122,23 +113,19 @@ Ceci est une "DATE".(NdT: Si si !)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Table des Matières Table des Matières
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Ce serait plus agréable de ne pas avoir à taper la Ce serait plus agréable de ne pas avoir à taper la
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
"Table des Matières" explicitement. "Table des Matières" explicitement.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -148,63 +135,52 @@ Ce serait plus agréable de ne pas avoir à taper la
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Philosophie Générale.................1 Philosophie Générale.................1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 Comment LyX le fait...............1 1.1 Comment LyX le fait...............1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 Pourquoi LyX est meilleur....1 1.2 Pourquoi LyX est meilleur....1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
Fonctionnalités de LyX Fonctionnalités de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Les Maths Les Maths
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
--------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Philosophie Générale Philosophie Générale
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Les titres de "Sections" ne sont pas assez en valeur, et ne Les titres de "Sections" ne sont pas assez en valeur, et ne
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
devraient pas ^etre numérotés manuellement. devraient pas ^etre numérotés manuellement.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -214,18 +190,15 @@ devraient pas ^etre numérotés manuellement.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
La philosophie générale de LyX est de vous laisser vous concentrer sur le La philosophie générale de LyX est de vous laisser vous concentrer sur le
contenu et non pas sur la forme de vos écrits. contenu et non pas sur la forme de vos écrits.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 Comment LyX procède 1.1 Comment LyX procède
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX utilise LaTeX, un système de préparation de documents conçu par Leslie LyX utilise LaTeX, un système de préparation de documents conçu par Leslie
Lamport en 1985. Lamport en 1985.
Il a été construit, à son tour, à partir d'un langage de composition, appelé Il a été construit, à son tour, à partir d'un langage de composition, appelé
@ -235,24 +208,20 @@ LyX utilise LaTeX, un système de préparation de documents conçu par Leslie
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Cette "Citation Bibliographique" ne devrait probablement pas Cette "Citation Bibliographique" ne devrait probablement pas
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
^etre écrite en dur. ^etre écrite en dur.
Que se passe-t-il si le livre de Leslie Lamport Que se passe-t-il si le livre de Leslie Lamport
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
passe en seconde position dans la bibliographie? passe en seconde position dans la bibliographie?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -262,8 +231,6 @@ passe en seconde position dans la bibliographie?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes fld \begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -284,13 +251,11 @@ Le but de la typographie est d'aider le lecteur à comprendre l'idée de l'auteu
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
C'est une citation (QUOTE). C'est une citation (QUOTE).
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -300,12 +265,10 @@ C'est une citation (QUOTE).
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 Pourquoi LyX est meilleur 1.2 Pourquoi LyX est meilleur
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX peut être profitable à un plus grand nombre d'utilisateurs que LaTeX. LyX peut être profitable à un plus grand nombre d'utilisateurs que LaTeX.
Il est beaucoup plus facile à apprendre, car vous n'avez pas à connaître Il est beaucoup plus facile à apprendre, car vous n'avez pas à connaître
LaTeX, qui est pratiquement un langage de programmation. LaTeX, qui est pratiquement un langage de programmation.
@ -334,25 +297,21 @@ What you see is what you mean
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
Fonctionnalités de LyX Fonctionnalités de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX possède un bon nombre de fonctionnalités qui facilitent l'écriture. LyX possède un bon nombre de fonctionnalités qui facilitent l'écriture.
( Après tout, quelle autre raison pourrait vous le faire utiliser ? ( Après tout, quelle autre raison pourrait vous le faire utiliser ?
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Cette parenthèse serait bien mieux en "Note de bas de page" Cette parenthèse serait bien mieux en "Note de bas de page"
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -362,13 +321,11 @@ Cette parenthèse serait bien mieux en "Note de bas de page"
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
A mettre en "Italique" (ou en "Evidence") plut^ot qu'en majuscules! A mettre en "Italique" (ou en "Evidence") plut^ot qu'en majuscules!
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -380,33 +337,27 @@ A mettre en "Italique" (ou en "Evidence") plut^ot qu'en majuscules!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* LyX gère les marges et la numérotation des notes de bas de page pour vous. * LyX gère les marges et la numérotation des notes de bas de page pour vous.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* L'écriture de formules mathématiques est un jeu d'enfant avec LyX. * L'écriture de formules mathématiques est un jeu d'enfant avec LyX.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Voir Section 1.2, page 1 Voir Section 1.2, page 1
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Cette "Référence Croisée" ne devrait pas ^etre écrite en dur. Cette "Référence Croisée" ne devrait pas ^etre écrite en dur.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Que se passe-t-il si l'on change la numérotation des sections? Que se passe-t-il si l'on change la numérotation des sections?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -418,24 +369,20 @@ Que se passe-t-il si l'on change la numérotation des sections?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
J'ai écrit un programme ces derniers jours. J'ai écrit un programme ces derniers jours.
Le voici : Le voici :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
5 REMARK MON SUPER PROGRAMME 5 REMARK MON SUPER PROGRAMME
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -448,18 +395,14 @@ JE SUIS SUPER !
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: C'est du source de programme ("CODE"). Indication: C'est du source de programme ("CODE").
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -469,44 +412,35 @@ Indication: C'est du source de programme ("CODE").
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Après cette pensée hautement scientifique, je me suis senti l'âme d'un poète. Après cette pensée hautement scientifique, je me suis senti l'âme d'un poète.
J'ai donc écrit ceci : J'ai donc écrit ceci :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX est vraiment un extraordinaire LyX est vraiment un extraordinaire
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Outil de composition et de traitement de texte Outil de composition et de traitement de texte
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Il fait gagner tellement de temps Il fait gagner tellement de temps
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Pas terrible comme poésie! Mais ce sont quand m^eme Pas terrible comme poésie! Mais ce sont quand m^eme
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
des vers ("VERSE"). des vers ("VERSE").
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -516,24 +450,20 @@ des vers ("VERSE").
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Les maths Les maths
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Indication: Indication:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Les mathématiques qui suivent devraient ^etre traitées Les mathématiques qui suivent devraient ^etre traitées
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
en "Mode Mathématique". en "Mode Mathématique".
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -543,7 +473,6 @@ en "Mode Mathématique".
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Ma formule préférée est la résolution d'une équation du second degré. Ma formule préférée est la résolution d'une équation du second degré.
Si ax^2+bx+c=0 (eq.1), alors x= -b + ou moins la racine carrée de b^2-4ac Si ax^2+bx+c=0 (eq.1), alors x= -b + ou moins la racine carrée de b^2-4ac
le tout divisé par 2a (eq. le tout divisé par 2a (eq.
@ -551,7 +480,6 @@ Ma formule préférée est la résolution d'une équation du second degré.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Une autre favorite, la base du calcul différentiel : f'(x) est définie comme Une autre favorite, la base du calcul différentiel : f'(x) est définie comme
la limite, quand deltax tend vers zéro, de l'expression f(x+deltax) - f(x) la limite, quand deltax tend vers zéro, de l'expression f(x+deltax) - f(x)
divisé par deltax (eq. divisé par deltax (eq.
@ -559,17 +487,14 @@ Une autre favorite, la base du calcul différentiel : f'(x) est définie comme
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
REFERENCES REFERENCES
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
[1] Lamport, Leslie. [1] Lamport, Leslie.
LaTeX : A Document Preparation System. LaTeX : A Document Preparation System.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, deuxième édition, 1994. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, deuxième édition, 1994.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,28 +35,25 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
CECI EST LE TITRE DU DOCUMENT CECI EST LE TITRE DU DOCUMENT
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Informations de révision : Informations de révision :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Traduction : Mise à jour, Date: 07/07/2003 Traduction : Mise à jour, Date: 07/07/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Original : Révision: 1.6, Date: 17/01/2003 Original : Révision: 1.6, Date: 17/01/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -64,58 +63,56 @@ Original : Révision: 1.6, Date: 17/01/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
par Fée LyX par Fée LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Date \begin_layout Date
12 Juin 1972 12 Juin 1972
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Philosophie Générale Philosophie Générale
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
La philosophie générale de LyX est de vous laisser vous concentrer sur le La philosophie générale de LyX est de vous laisser vous concentrer sur le
contenu et non pas sur la forme de vos écrits. contenu et non pas sur la forme de vos écrits.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Comment LyX le fait Comment LyX le fait
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX utilise LaTeX, un système de préparation de documents conçu par Leslie LyX utilise LaTeX, un système de préparation de documents conçu par Leslie
Lamport en 1985. Lamport en 1985.
Il a été construit, à son tour, à partir d'un langage de composition, appelé Il a été construit, à son tour, à partir d'un langage de composition, appelé
TeX, créé par Donald Knuth en 1984. TeX, créé par Donald Knuth en 1984.
LaTeX est conçu autour d'une philosophie similaire à celle de LyX. LaTeX est conçu autour d'une philosophie similaire à celle de LyX.
Leslie Lamport disait lui-même (voir référence\InsetSpace ~ Leslie Lamport disait lui-même (voir référence
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
) : ) :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Quote \begin_layout Quote
Le but de la typographie est d'aider le lecteur à comprendre l'idée de l'auteur. Le but de la typographie est d'aider le lecteur à comprendre l'idée de l'auteur.
Pour qu'un document soit facile à lire, sa structure visuelle doit refléter Pour qu'un document soit facile à lire, sa structure visuelle doit refléter
sa structure logique. sa structure logique.
@ -129,15 +126,14 @@ Le but de la typographie est d'aider le lecteur à comprendre l'idée de l'auteu
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Pourquoi LyX est meilleur Pourquoi LyX est meilleur
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
name "sec:lyxmeilleur" name "sec:lyxmeilleur"
\end_inset \end_inset
LyX peut être profitable à un plus grand nombre d'utilisateurs que LaTeX. LyX peut être profitable à un plus grand nombre d'utilisateurs que LaTeX.
@ -168,26 +164,21 @@ What you see is what you mean
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Fonctionnalités de LyX Fonctionnalités de LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX possède un bon nombre de fonctionnalités qui facilitent l'écriture. LyX possède un bon nombre de fonctionnalités qui facilitent l'écriture.
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Après tout, quelle autre raison pourrait vous le faire utiliser ? Après tout, quelle autre raison pourrait vous le faire utiliser ?
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
Je Je
\shape default
\shape italic \shape italic
ne résiste plus ne résiste plus
\shape default \shape default
@ -196,27 +187,34 @@ ne résiste plus
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
LyX gère les marges et la numérotation des notes de bas de page pour vous. LyX gère les marges et la numérotation des notes de bas de page pour vous.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
L'écriture de formules mathématiques est un jeu d'enfant avec LyX. L'écriture de formules mathématiques est un jeu d'enfant avec LyX.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Voir Section
Voir Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:lyxmeilleur"
\end_inset \end_inset
, page\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:lyxmeilleur" reference "sec:lyxmeilleur"
\end_inset
, page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "sec:lyxmeilleur"
\end_inset \end_inset
pour une discussion plus approfondie sur les avantages de LyX par rapport pour une discussion plus approfondie sur les avantages de LyX par rapport
@ -224,23 +222,19 @@ reference "sec:lyxmeilleur"
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
J'ai écrit un programme ces derniers jours. J'ai écrit un programme ces derniers jours.
Le voici : Le voici :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
5 REMARK MON SUPER PROGRAMME 5 REMARK MON SUPER PROGRAMME
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -253,38 +247,36 @@ JE SUIS SUPER !
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Après cette pensée hautement scientifique, je me suis senti l'âme d'un poète. Après cette pensée hautement scientifique, je me suis senti l'âme d'un poète.
J'ai donc écrit ceci : J'ai donc écrit ceci :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Verse \begin_layout Verse
LyX est vraiment un extraordinaire LyX est vraiment un extraordinaire
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Outil de composition et de traitement de texte Outil de composition et de traitement de texte
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Il fait gagner tellement de temps Il fait gagner tellement de temps
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Les maths Les maths
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Ma formule préférée est la résolution d'une équation du second degré. Ma formule préférée est la résolution d'une équation du second degré.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Si Si
\begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -293,7 +285,6 @@ Si
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
alors alors
\begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -303,13 +294,10 @@ alors
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Une autre favorite, la base du calcul différentiel : Une autre favorite, la base du calcul différentiel :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -318,17 +306,14 @@ Une autre favorite, la base du calcul différentiel :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Notes Notes
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Quelques notes à propos de la LyXification de ce fichier : Quelques notes à propos de la LyXification de ce fichier :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
J'ai pu éliminer les lignes de tirets. J'ai pu éliminer les lignes de tirets.
Elles n'étaient là que pour séparer le titre et les références du reste Elles n'étaient là que pour séparer le titre et les références du reste
du document. du document.
@ -337,21 +322,20 @@ J'ai pu éliminer les lignes de tirets.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Je ne me suis pas ennuyé à mettre les équations mathématiques en mode affichage. Je ne me suis pas ennuyé à mettre les équations mathématiques en mode affichage.
Je n'ai pas non plus utilisé le mode de numérotation automatique des équations Je n'ai pas non plus utilisé le mode de numérotation automatique des équations
de LyX parce qu'il n'est pas décrit dans le de LyX parce qu'il n'est pas décrit dans le
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Manuel\InsetSpace ~ Manuel
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
d'Apprentissage d'Apprentissage
\emph default \emph default
. .
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Je n'ai pas eu à taper le mot Je n'ai pas eu à taper le mot
\begin_inset Quotes fld \begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -370,9 +354,7 @@ Bibliography
\end_inset \end_inset
, en fonction de la classe du document) lorsque vous sélectionnez l'environnemen , en fonction de la classe du document) lorsque vous sélectionnez l'environnemen
t t
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Bibliography Bibliography
\family default \family default
@ -380,14 +362,13 @@ Bibliography
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
Lamport, Leslie. Lamport, Leslie.
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
LaTeX : A Document Preparation System. LaTeX : A Document Preparation System.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -16,9 +16,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -36,28 +38,25 @@
\paperpagestyle default \paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
MultiColonnes MultiColonnes
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Informations de révision : Informations de révision :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 22/03/2002 Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 22/03/2002
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Original : Révision : 1.3, Date : 21/03/2002 Original : Révision : 1.3, Date : 21/03/2002
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -67,21 +66,17 @@ Original : Révision : 1.3, Date : 21/03/2002
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
par par
\noun on \noun on
Lars Gullik Bjønnes Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Traduction par Adrien Traduction par Adrien
\noun on \noun on
Rebollo Rebollo
\noun default \noun default
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
<Adrien.Rebollo@gmx.fr> <Adrien.Rebollo@gmx.fr>
@ -95,15 +90,11 @@ Rebollo
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Objectif Objectif
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Le but de ce chapitre est de montrer comment utiliser le paquetage LaTeX Le but de ce chapitre est de montrer comment utiliser le paquetage LaTeX
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
@ -114,15 +105,11 @@ multicol
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Limitations Limitations
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Le paquetage
Le paquetage
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
@ -137,20 +124,15 @@ multicol
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Exemples Exemples
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Deux Colonnes Deux Colonnes
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Si vous voulez avoir deux colonnes dans votre texte, il faut pour insérer Si vous voulez avoir deux colonnes dans votre texte, il faut pour insérer
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
@ -158,9 +140,7 @@ Si vous voulez avoir deux colonnes dans votre texte, il faut pour insérer
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
\family default \family default
en mode LaTeX à l'endroit où vous voulez démarrer la disposition en deux en mode LaTeX à l'endroit où vous voulez démarrer la disposition en deux
colonnes, et colonnes, et
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -171,12 +151,11 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -196,8 +175,7 @@ The Adventure of the Empty House
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
NdT : Ne pensant pas être à la hauteur d'une traduction littéraire de NdT : Ne pensant pas être à la hauteur d'une traduction littéraire de
\noun on \noun on
Conan Doyle Conan Doyle
@ -210,7 +188,9 @@ Conan Doyle
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
by by
\noun on \noun on
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
@ -218,7 +198,6 @@ Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and
the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald
@ -244,12 +223,11 @@ ty which utterly submerged my mind.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -261,24 +239,21 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Colonnes Multiples Colonnes Multiples
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Le même schéma s'applique si vous voulez plus de deux colonnes. Le même schéma s'applique si vous voulez plus de deux colonnes.
(Vous pouvez avoir plus de 3 colonnes si vous voulez, mais ça risque de (Vous pouvez avoir plus de 3 colonnes si vous voulez, mais ça risque de
ne pas être très agréable à regarder.) ne pas être très agréable à regarder.)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{3} begin{multicols}{3}
@ -291,7 +266,6 @@ begin{multicols}{3}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size footnotesize \size footnotesize
It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to
@ -315,12 +289,11 @@ It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -332,22 +305,19 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Des colonnes dans une Colonne Des colonnes dans une Colonne
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Vous pouvez même avoir des colonnes dans une colonne : Vous pouvez même avoir des colonnes dans une colonne :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -360,7 +330,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size footnotesize \size footnotesize
The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
@ -370,12 +339,11 @@ The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -388,7 +356,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size footnotesize \size footnotesize
The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies
and no particular vices. and no particular vices.
@ -403,12 +370,11 @@ The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -421,7 +387,6 @@ end{multicols}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size footnotesize \size footnotesize
Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such
stakes as would hurt him. stakes as would hurt him.
@ -448,12 +413,11 @@ The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -465,15 +429,11 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Exemples complexes Exemples complexes
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Comme vous le savez sans doute
Comme vous le savez sans doute
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
@ -483,27 +443,28 @@ multicol
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Préface et Saut de page Préface et Saut de page
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
S'il reste moins de 5
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
S'il reste moins de 5\InsetSpace ~ cm sur la page, un saut de page sera inséré avant ce morceau, avec un texte
cm sur la page, un saut de page sera inséré avant ce de préface au-dessus des deux colonnes :
morceau, avec un texte de préface au-dessus des deux colonnes :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2}[Et l'histoire continue et continue et continue et continue...][5cm] begin{multicols}{2}[Et l'histoire continue et continue et continue et continue...][
5cm]
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -513,7 +474,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}[Et l'histoire continue et continue et continue et continue..
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten. On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten.
His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation. His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
@ -537,12 +497,11 @@ On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -554,17 +513,13 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Préface et Sections Préface et Sections
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Comment faire si vous voulez que la préface soit un en-tête de section ? Comment faire si vous voulez que la préface soit un en-tête de section ?
Vous pouvez le faire, mais seulement par l'intermédiaire de commandes LaTeX Vous pouvez le faire, mais seulement par l'intermédiaire de commandes LaTeX
à l'intérieur des paramètres de la commande à l'intérieur des paramètres de la commande
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicols multicols
\family default \family default
@ -573,12 +528,11 @@ multicols
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2}[ begin{multicols}{2}[
@ -593,7 +547,6 @@ subsubsection{C'est la commande de section en préface}][5cm]
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more
complex. complex.
@ -625,12 +578,11 @@ A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -642,49 +594,42 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Espace Libre Espace Libre
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Le paquetage
Le paquetage
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
nécessite une certaine quantité d'espace libre disponible avant et après nécessite une certaine quantité d'espace libre disponible avant et après
chaque section en multi-colonnes. chaque section en multi-colonnes.
En plus En plus
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
insère de l'espace avant et après la section multi-colonnes. insère de l'espace avant et après la section multi-colonnes.
Pour changer ce comportement par défaut il faut insérer des commandes juste Pour changer ce comportement par défaut il faut insérer des commandes juste
avant le avant le
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols} begin{multicols}
\family default \family default
. .
Dans cet exemple, on place 3\InsetSpace ~ Dans cet exemple, on place 3
cm d'espace avant et après le texte en multi-colonn \begin_inset space ~
es : \end_inset
cm d'espace avant et après le texte en multi-colonnes :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -701,7 +646,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
All day I turned these facts over in my mind, endeavouring to hit upon some All day I turned these facts over in my mind, endeavouring to hit upon some
theory which could reconcile them all, and to find that line of least resistanc theory which could reconcile them all, and to find that line of least resistanc
@ -731,12 +675,11 @@ ion.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -748,15 +691,11 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Paragraph \begin_layout Paragraph
Remarque : Remarque :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Les valeurs que vous fixez avec
Les valeurs que vous fixez avec
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -767,12 +706,11 @@ setlength
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -786,31 +724,29 @@ multicolsep}{13pt}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Largeur de Colonne et Séparation Largeur de Colonne et Séparation
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
La largeur des colonnes dans un environnement
La largeur des colonnes dans un environnement
\family default
\family sans \family sans
multicols multicols
\family default \family default
est calculée automatiquement, mais vous pouvez modifier explicitement l'espace est calculée automatiquement, mais vous pouvez modifier explicitement l'espace
entre deux colonnes. entre deux colonnes.
Dans l'exemple suivant, l'espace entre les deux colonnes est de 3\InsetSpace ~ Dans l'exemple suivant, l'espace entre les deux colonnes est de 3
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
cm : cm :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -827,7 +763,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
My observations of No. My observations of No.
427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested. 427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested.
@ -845,12 +780,11 @@ My observations of No.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -862,18 +796,16 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Une fois de plus, il faut réinitialiser la valeur pour éviter de l'utiliser Une fois de plus, il faut réinitialiser la valeur pour éviter de l'utiliser
dans le reste du document. dans le reste du document.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -887,35 +819,35 @@ columnsep}{10pt}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Lignes Verticales Lignes Verticales
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Entre deux colonnes, il y a un trait de largeur
Entre deux colonnes, il y a un trait de largeur
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
columnseprule columnseprule
\family default \family default
. .
Si cette largeur est fixée à 0\InsetSpace ~ Si cette largeur est fixée à 0
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
pt, le trait est supprimé. pt, le trait est supprimé.
Dans l'exemple suivant, la ligne séparant les deux colonnes fait 2\InsetSpace ~ Dans l'exemple suivant, la ligne séparant les deux colonnes fait 2
pt d'épaisseu \begin_inset space ~
r. \end_inset
pt d'épaisseur.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -932,9 +864,7 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -947,16 +877,13 @@ You're surprised to see me, sir,
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
I acknowledged that I was. I acknowledged that I was.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -973,9 +900,7 @@ Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -997,9 +922,7 @@ May I ask how you knew who I was?
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -1009,7 +932,10 @@ Well, sir, if it isn't too great a liberty, I am a neighbour of yours, for
Maybe you collect yourself, sir. Maybe you collect yourself, sir.
Here's Here's
\noun on \noun on
British\InsetSpace ~ British
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Birds Birds
\noun default \noun default
, and , and
@ -1030,12 +956,11 @@ The Holy War
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -1047,17 +972,15 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Comme d'habitude, on réinitialise la valeur après usage. Comme d'habitude, on réinitialise la valeur après usage.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -1071,13 +994,11 @@ columnseprule}{0pt}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Pour lire le reste de l'histoire, il faudra que vous alliez à la bibliothèque... Pour lire le reste de l'histoire, il faudra que vous alliez à la bibliothèque...
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
...ou trichez comme nous et allez la trouver dans le projet Gutenberg quelque ...ou trichez comme nous et allez la trouver dans le projet Gutenberg quelque
part sur le réseau. part sur le réseau.
\end_layout \end_layout

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass simplecv \textclass simplecv
@ -40,9 +40,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -60,7 +62,8 @@
\paperpagestyle default \paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "Jean-Marc Lasgouttes" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
@ -70,29 +73,33 @@
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Informations de révision : Informations de révision :
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 07/07/2003 Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 07/07/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Original : Révision: 1.4, Date : 17/01/2003 Original : Révision: 1.4, Date : 17/01/2003
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Stratford-upon-Avon Stratford-upon-Avon
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Right Header \begin_layout Right Header
Tél. Tél.
: 08.36.68.TR.UC : 08.36.68.TR.UC
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\size small \size small
@ -131,7 +138,9 @@ Expérience Professionnelle
\begin_layout Topic \begin_layout Topic
\labelwidthstring MMMMM \labelwidthstring MMMMM
\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Si un élément n'a pas de sous-titre, vous devez mettre une espace insécable, Si un élément n'a pas de sous-titre, vous devez mettre une espace insécable,
comme ici. comme ici.
C'est un inconvénient de LyX. C'est un inconvénient de LyX.
@ -155,9 +164,18 @@ Formation
\begin_layout Topic \begin_layout Topic
\labelwidthstring MMMMM \labelwidthstring MMMMM
Avril\InsetSpace ~ Avril
à\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset space ~
mai\InsetSpace ~ \end_inset
à
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mai
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1581 J'ai essayé le lycée. 1581 J'ai essayé le lycée.
Je détestais mon professeur d'Anglais. Je détestais mon professeur d'Anglais.
[Deux choses à noter : remarquez d'abord qu'un passage à la ligne apparaît [Deux choses à noter : remarquez d'abord qu'un passage à la ligne apparaît
@ -171,7 +189,8 @@ Publications
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\labelwidthstring Publications \labelwidthstring Publications
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "premiere_ref" key "premiere_ref"
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -183,7 +202,8 @@ Premier Volume.
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\labelwidthstring Publications \labelwidthstring Publications
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "seconde_ref" key "seconde_ref"
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -191,7 +211,8 @@ key "seconde_ref"
Vous auriez pu entrer ces références avec BibTeX\SpecialChar \ldots{} Vous auriez pu entrer ces références avec BibTeX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
Dans tous les cas, je peux Dans tous les cas, je peux
citer ici mon œuvre citer ici mon œuvre
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "premiere_ref" key "premiere_ref"
\end_inset \end_inset

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,379 +1,377 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
\language galician \language galician
\inputencoding default \inputencoding default
\font_roman default \font_roman default
\font_sans default \font_sans default
\font_typewriter default \font_typewriter default
\font_default_family default \font_default_family default
\font_sc false \font_sc false
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \graphics dvips
\spacing single \paperfontsize 12
\papersize default \spacing single
\use_geometry false \use_hyperref false
\use_amsmath 0 \papersize default
\use_esint 0 \use_geometry false
\cite_engine basic \use_amsmath 0
\use_bibtopic false \use_esint 0
\paperorientation portrait \cite_engine basic
\secnumdepth 3 \use_bibtopic false
\tocdepth 3 \paperorientation portrait
\paragraph_separation indent \secnumdepth 3
\defskip medskip \tocdepth 3
\quotes_language english \paragraph_separation indent
\papercolumns 1 \defskip medskip
\papersides 1 \quotes_language english
\paperpagestyle plain \papercolumns 1
\tracking_changes false \papersides 1
\output_changes false \paperpagestyle plain
\end_header \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false
\begin_body \author ""
\end_header
\begin_layout Standard
ESTE É O TÍTULO DO DOCUMENTO \begin_body
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Standard
ESTE É O TÍTULO DO DOCUMENTO
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Dica: O título deberia semellar-se mais a un título status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Dica: O título deberia semellar-se mais a un título
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
por Pepe LyX \end_layout
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Standard
por Pepe LyX
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Dica: Pepe é o AUTOR status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Dica: Pepe é o AUTOR
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
12 de Xuño de 1972 \end_layout
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Standard
12 de Xuño de 1972
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Dica: Esta é unha data status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Dica: Esta é unha data
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Táboa de contidos \end_layout
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Standard
Táboa de contidos
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Comentário: Agradeceria-se non ter que escreber a táboa de contidos explicitamen status collapsed
te.
\end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
Comentário: Agradeceria-se non ter que escreber a táboa de contidos explicitamen
\end_inset te.
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
1. \end_layout
Filosofia básica..................1
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
1.
\begin_layout Standard Filosofia básica..................1
1.1 Como o traballa o LyX...............1 \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Como o traballa o LyX...............1
1.2 Por que o LyX é mellor...............1 \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Por que o LyX é mellor...............1
2. \end_layout
Características de LyX
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
2.
\begin_layout Standard Características de LyX
3. \end_layout
Tentativas eivadas de usar mais facilidades do LyX
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
3.
\begin_layout Standard Tentativas eivadas de usar mais facilidades do LyX
4. \end_layout
Cuestións matemáticas
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
4.
\begin_layout Standard Cuestións matemáticas
--------------------------------------------------- \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard ---------------------------------------------------
1. \end_layout
Filosofia básica
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_layout Standard
status collapsed 1.
Filosofia básica
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Observación: Probabelmente os títulos das seccións deberian salientar máis. status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Observación: Probabelmente os títulos das seccións deberian salientar máis.
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
A filosofia básica de LyX é conseguir que o usuário só se deba preocupar \end_layout
do contido do documento e non do formato.
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
A filosofia básica de LyX é conseguir que o usuário só se deba preocupar
\begin_layout Standard do contido do documento e non do formato.
1.1 Como o traballa o LyX \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Como o traballa o LyX
LyX basea-se no LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos deseñado \end_layout
por Leslie Lamport en 1985.
Por sua vez o LaTeX elaborou-se sobre unha linguaxe tipográfica chamada \begin_layout Standard
TeX, criada por Donald Knuth en 1984. LyX basea-se no LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos deseñado
Por outra banda a filosofia do LaTeX é similar á de LyX. por Leslie Lamport en 1985.
Leslie Lamport dixo (ver referéncia [1]) Por sua vez o LaTeX elaborou-se sobre unha linguaxe tipográfica chamada
\begin_inset Note Note TeX, criada por Donald Knuth en 1984.
status collapsed Por outra banda a filosofia do LaTeX é similar á de LyX.
Leslie Lamport dixo (ver referéncia [1])
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Observación: Probabelmente, esta referéncia non deberia estar escrita directamen status collapsed
te.
Que acontecerá se inserimos outro iten na bibliografia antes do libro de \begin_layout Plain Layout
Lamport. Observación: Probabelmente, esta referéncia non deberia estar escrita directamen
\end_layout te.
Que acontecerá se inserimos outro iten na bibliografia antes do libro de
\end_inset Lamport.
\end_layout
:
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard :
"A función do deseño tipográfico é axudar ao leitor a comprender as ideas \end_layout
do autor.
Para un documento ser de fácil leitura, a sua estrutura visual debe reflectir \begin_layout Standard
a sua estrutura lóxica. "A función do deseño tipográfico é axudar ao leitor a comprender as ideas
As citas e os programas de computador, sendo elementos estruturalmente do autor.
diferentes, deberian distinguir-se visualmente un de outro [...] Como LaTeX Para un documento ser de fácil leitura, a sua estrutura visual debe reflectir
non pode entender directamente o sentido do seu texto, debe indicar-lle a sua estrutura lóxica.
a estrutura lóxica mediante comandos especiais [...] Entanto escrebe o documento, As citas e os programas de computador, sendo elementos estruturalmente
deberia preocupar-se da sua estrutura lóxica, non da sua aparéncia." diferentes, deberian distinguir-se visualmente un de outro [...] Como LaTeX
\begin_inset Note Note non pode entender directamente o sentido do seu texto, debe indicar-lle
status collapsed a estrutura lóxica mediante comandos especiais [...] Entanto escrebe o documento,
deberia preocupar-se da sua estrutura lóxica, non da sua aparéncia."
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Dica: esta é unha cita status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Dica: esta é unha cita
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
1.2 Por que o LyX é mellor \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Por que o LyX é mellor
LyX pode ser útil a mais xente que LaTeX. \end_layout
É considerabelmente mais doado de aprender, pois non é como LaTeX unha
linguaxe de programazón. \begin_layout Standard
LyX é basicamente como outros procesadores de texto "WYSIWYG (o que vé LyX pode ser útil a mais xente que LaTeX.
é o que obtén), agás que o LyX realmente é WYSIWYM (o que vé é o que pretende É considerabelmente mais doado de aprender, pois non é como LaTeX unha
facer). linguaxe de programazón.
De maneira que combina a facilidade de uso dos procesadores de texto coa LyX é basicamente como outros procesadores de texto "WYSIWYG (o que vé
poténcia do LaTeX. é o que obtén), agás que o LyX realmente é WYSIWYM (o que vé é o que pretende
O cal é unha boa cousa. facer).
Ademais, o formato de arquivo é independente do sistema operativo. De maneira que combina a facilidade de uso dos procesadores de texto coa
E o mellor de todo, é LIBRE! poténcia do LaTeX.
\end_layout O cal é unha boa cousa.
Ademais, o formato de arquivo é independente do sistema operativo.
\begin_layout Standard E o mellor de todo, é LIBRE!
2. \end_layout
Características do LyX
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
2.
\begin_layout Standard Características do LyX
LyX posui moitas características que facilitan a escrita de documentos. \end_layout
(Senón, porque o ia querer usar?
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_layout Standard
status collapsed LyX posui moitas características que facilitan a escrita de documentos.
(Senón, porque o ia querer usar?
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Dica: Esta frase entre parénteses ficaria mellor nunha nota de rodapé. status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Dica: Esta frase entre parénteses ficaria mellor nunha nota de rodapé.
\end_layout
) E a min AGRADA-ME
\begin_inset Note Note \end_inset
status collapsed
) E a min AGRADA-ME
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Dica: enfatizar status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Dica: enfatizar
\end_layout
moito poder falar delas.
Eis unha pequena lista: \end_inset
\end_layout
moito poder falar delas.
\begin_layout Standard Eis unha pequena lista:
* O LyX encarrega-se sen intervención do usuário das marxes e a numeración \end_layout
das notas de rodapé.
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
* O LyX encarrega-se sen intervención do usuário das marxes e a numeración
\begin_layout Standard das notas de rodapé.
* LyX facilita a escrita e edición de fórmulas matemáticas. \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard * LyX facilita a escrita e edición de fórmulas matemáticas.
Para unha discusión mais filosófica de por que LyX é mellor que a competéncia \end_layout
vexa a sección 1.2, que se acha na páxina 1.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_layout Standard
status collapsed Para unha discusión mais filosófica de por que LyX é mellor que a competéncia
vexa a sección 1.2, que se acha na páxina 1.
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Observación: Probabelmente esta REFERÉNCIA-CRUZADA non debia estar escrita status collapsed
directamente, que pasará se mudarmos o número da sección?
\end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout
Observación: Probabelmente esta REFERÉNCIA-CRUZADA non debia estar escrita
\end_inset directamente, que pasará se mudarmos o número da sección?
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
3. \end_layout
Tentivas eivadas de empregar máis facilidades do LyX
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
3.
\begin_layout Standard Tentivas eivadas de empregar máis facilidades do LyX
O outro dia escrebin un programa, algo asi como: \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard O outro dia escrebin un programa, algo asi como:
5 REMARK O MEU MAGNIFICO PROGRAMA \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 5 REMARK O MEU MAGNIFICO PROGRAMA
10 PRINT "SON INIGUALÁBEL!" \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT "SON INIGUALÁBEL!"
20 GOTO 10 \end_layout
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Standard
20 GOTO 10
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Dica: Isto é código fonte dun programa status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Dica: Isto é código fonte dun programa
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Após desta inxente lavoura informática, arrebatou-me unha vea poética e \end_layout
escrebin este haiku:
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
Após desta inxente lavoura informática, arrebatou-me unha vea poética e
\begin_layout Standard escrebin este haiku:
LyX, veloz palilleira \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard LyX, veloz palilleira
teces as miñas palabras \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard teces as miñas palabras
nunha fermosa renda de letras. \end_layout
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Standard
nunha fermosa renda de letras.
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Dica: Se cadra non é moi boa poesia, mais non deixa de estar en VERSO status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Dica: Se cadra non é moi boa poesia, mais non deixa de estar en VERSO
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
4. \end_layout
Cuestións matemáticas
\lang english \begin_layout Standard
4.
\lang galician Cuestións matemáticas
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout
Dica: Semella lóxico escreber fórmulas no modo matemático!
\begin_layout Standard \end_layout
Dica: Semella lóxico escreber fórmulas no modo matemático!
\end_layout \end_inset
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
A miña ecuación favorita é a solución da ecuación de segundo grau.
\begin_layout Standard Se ax^2+bx+c=0 (ec.1), entón x= -b + ou menos a raiz cadrada de b^2-4ac,
A miña ecuación favorita é a solución da ecuación de segundo grau. todo dividido por 2a (ec.
Se ax^2+bx+c=0 (ec.1), entón x= -b + ou menos a raiz cadrada de b^2-4ac, 2).
todo dividido por 2a (ec. \end_layout
2).
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
Outra das miñas ecuacións favoritas é base do cálculo: f'(x) define-se como
\begin_layout Standard o limite cando deltax tende a zero de f(x+deltax) - f(x) dividido por deltax
Outra das miñas ecuacións favoritas é base do cálculo: f'(x) define-se como (ec.
o limite cando deltax tende a zero de f(x+deltax) - f(x) dividido por deltax 3).
(ec. \end_layout
3).
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
------------------------------------------------
\begin_layout Standard \end_layout
------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
REFERÉNCIAS
\begin_layout Standard \end_layout
REFERÉNCIAS
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
[1] Lamport, Leslie.
\begin_layout Standard LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
[1] Lamport, Leslie. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, segunda edición, 1994.
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, segunda edición, 1994. \end_layout
\end_layout \end_body
\end_document
\end_body
\end_document

View File

@ -1,302 +1,312 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
\language galician \language galician
\inputencoding default \inputencoding default
\font_roman default \font_roman default
\font_sans default \font_sans default
\font_typewriter default \font_typewriter default
\font_default_family default \font_default_family default
\font_sc false \font_sc false
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \graphics dvips
\spacing single \paperfontsize 12
\papersize default \spacing single
\use_geometry false \use_hyperref false
\use_amsmath 0 \papersize default
\use_esint 0 \use_geometry false
\cite_engine basic \use_amsmath 0
\use_bibtopic false \use_esint 0
\paperorientation portrait \cite_engine basic
\secnumdepth 3 \use_bibtopic false
\tocdepth 3 \paperorientation portrait
\paragraph_separation indent \secnumdepth 3
\defskip medskip \tocdepth 3
\quotes_language english \paragraph_separation indent
\papercolumns 1 \defskip medskip
\papersides 1 \quotes_language english
\paperpagestyle plain \papercolumns 1
\tracking_changes false \papersides 1
\output_changes false \paperpagestyle plain
\end_header \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false
\begin_body \author ""
\end_header
\begin_layout Title
ESTE É O TÍTULO DO DOCUMENTO \begin_body
\end_layout
\begin_layout Title
\begin_layout Author ESTE É O TÍTULO DO DOCUMENTO
por Pepe LyX \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
\begin_layout Date por Pepe LyX
12 de Xuño de 1972 \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Date
\begin_layout Standard 12 de Xuño de 1972
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents \end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
\end_layout LatexCommand tableofcontents
\begin_layout Section \end_inset
Filosofia básica
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A filosofia básica de LyX é conseguir que o usuário só se deba preocupar \begin_layout Section
do contido do documento e non do formato. Filosofia básica
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Standard
Como o traballa o LyX A filosofia básica de LyX é conseguir que o usuário só se deba preocupar
\end_layout do contido do documento e non do formato.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
LyX basea-se no LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos deseñado \begin_layout Subsection
por Leslie Lamport en 1985. Como o traballa o LyX
Por sua vez o LaTeX elaborou-se sobre unha linguaxe tipográfica chamada \end_layout
TeX, criada por Donald Knuth en 1984.
Por outra banda a filosofia do LaTeX é similar á de LyX. \begin_layout Standard
Leslie Lamport dixo (ver referéncia LyX basea-se no LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos deseñado
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite por Leslie Lamport en 1985.
key "Lamport" Por sua vez o LaTeX elaborou-se sobre unha linguaxe tipográfica chamada
\end_inset TeX, criada por Donald Knuth en 1984.
Por outra banda a filosofia do LaTeX é similar á de LyX.
) : Leslie Lamport dixo (ver referéncia
\end_layout \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
\begin_layout Quote key "Lamport"
"A función do deseño tipográfico é axudar ao leitor a comprender as ideas
do autor. \end_inset
Para un documento ser de fácil leitura, a sua estrutura visual debe reflectir
a sua estrutura lóxica. ) :
As citas e os programas de computador, sendo elementos estruturalmente \end_layout
diferentes, deberian distinguir-se visualmente un de outro [...] Como LaTeX
non pode entender directamente o sentido do seu texto, debe indicar-lle \begin_layout Quote
a estrutura lóxica mediante comandos especiais [...] Entanto escrebe o documento, "A función do deseño tipográfico é axudar ao leitor a comprender as ideas
deberia preocupar-se da sua estrutura lóxica, non da sua aparéncia." do autor.
\end_layout Para un documento ser de fácil leitura, a sua estrutura visual debe reflectir
a sua estrutura lóxica.
\begin_layout Subsection As citas e os programas de computador, sendo elementos estruturalmente
Por que o LyX é mellor diferentes, deberian distinguir-se visualmente un de outro [...] Como LaTeX
\end_layout non pode entender directamente o sentido do seu texto, debe indicar-lle
a estrutura lóxica mediante comandos especiais [...] Entanto escrebe o documento,
\begin_layout Standard deberia preocupar-se da sua estrutura lóxica, non da sua aparéncia."
\begin_inset LatexCommand label \end_layout
name "sub:LyX-mellor"
\end_inset \begin_layout Subsection
Por que o LyX é mellor
LyX pode ser útil a mais xente que LaTeX. \end_layout
É considerabelmente mais doado de aprender, pois non é como LaTeX unha
linguaxe de programazón. \begin_layout Standard
LyX é basicamente como outros procesadores de texto "WYSIWYG (o que vé \begin_inset CommandInset label
é o que obtén), agás que o LyX realmente é WYSIWYM (o que vé é o que pretende LatexCommand label
facer). name "sub:LyX-mellor"
De maneira que combina a facilidade de uso dos procesadores de texto coa
poténcia do LaTeX. \end_inset
O cal é unha boa cousa.
Ademais, o formato de arquivo é independente do sistema operativo. LyX pode ser útil a mais xente que LaTeX.
E o mellor de todo, é LIBRE! É considerabelmente mais doado de aprender, pois non é como LaTeX unha
\end_layout linguaxe de programazón.
LyX é basicamente como outros procesadores de texto "WYSIWYG (o que vé
\begin_layout Section é o que obtén), agás que o LyX realmente é WYSIWYM (o que vé é o que pretende
Características do LyX facer).
\end_layout De maneira que combina a facilidade de uso dos procesadores de texto coa
poténcia do LaTeX.
\begin_layout Standard O cal é unha boa cousa.
LyX posui moitas características que facilitan a escrita de documentos Ademais, o formato de arquivo é independente do sistema operativo.
\begin_inset Foot E o mellor de todo, é LIBRE!
status collapsed \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Section
Senón, porque o ia querer usar? Características do LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \begin_layout Standard
LyX posui moitas características que facilitan a escrita de documentos
. \begin_inset Foot
E a min status collapsed
\emph default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on Senón, porque o ia querer usar?
agrada-me \end_layout
\emph default
moito poder falar delas. \end_inset
Eis unha pequena lista:
\end_layout .
E a min
\begin_layout Itemize \emph on
O LyX encarrega-se sen intervención do usuário das marxes e a numeración agrada-me
das notas de rodapé. \emph default
\end_layout moito poder falar delas.
Eis unha pequena lista:
\begin_layout Itemize \end_layout
LyX facilita a escrita e edición de fórmulas matemáticas.
\end_layout \begin_layout Itemize
O LyX encarrega-se sen intervención do usuário das marxes e a numeración
\begin_layout Standard das notas de rodapé.
Para unha discusión mais filosófica de por que LyX é mellor que a competéncia \end_layout
vexa a sección
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref \begin_layout Itemize
reference "sub:LyX-mellor" LyX facilita a escrita e edición de fórmulas matemáticas.
\end_inset \end_layout
, que se acha na páxina \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref Para unha discusión mais filosófica de por que LyX é mellor que a competéncia
reference "sub:LyX-mellor" vexa a sección
\end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
. reference "sub:LyX-mellor"
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Tentivas eivadas de empregar máis facilidades do LyX , que se acha na páxina
\end_layout \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
\begin_layout Standard reference "sub:LyX-mellor"
O outro dia escrebin un programa, algo asi como:
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout LyX-Code .
5 REMARK O MEU MAGNIFICO PROGRAMA \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout LyX-Code Tentivas eivadas de empregar máis facilidades do LyX
10 PRINT "SON INIGUALÁBEL!" \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout LyX-Code O outro dia escrebin un programa, algo asi como:
20 GOTO 10 \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\begin_layout Standard 5 REMARK O MEU MAGNIFICO PROGRAMA
Após desta inxente lavoura informática, arrebatou-me unha vea poética e \end_layout
escrebin este haiku:
\end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code
10 PRINT "SON INIGUALÁBEL!"
\begin_layout Verse \end_layout
LyX, veloz palilleira
\newline \begin_layout LyX-Code
teces as miñas palabras 20 GOTO 10
\newline \end_layout
nunha fermosa renda de letras.
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
Após desta inxente lavoura informática, arrebatou-me unha vea poética e
\begin_layout Section escrebin este haiku:
Cuestións matemáticas \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
\begin_layout Standard LyX, veloz palilleira
A miña ecuación favorita é a solución da ecuación de segundo grau. \begin_inset Newline newline
Se \end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $a^{2}+bx+c=0$
\end_inset teces as miñas palabras
\begin_inset Newline newline
(ec. \end_inset
1), entón
\begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ nunha fermosa renda de letras.
\end_inset \end_layout
(ec. \begin_layout Section
2). Cuestións matemáticas
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard A miña ecuación favorita é a solución da ecuación de segundo grau.
Outra das miñas ecuacións favoritas é base do cálculo: Se
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ \begin_inset Formula $a^{2}+bx+c=0$
\end_inset \end_inset
(ec. (ec.
3). 1), entón
\end_layout \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Notes (ec.
\end_layout 2).
\begin_layout Standard \end_layout
Tres cousiñas sobre este ficheiro:
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
Outra das miñas ecuacións favoritas é base do cálculo:
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$
Eliminei as liñas a trazos que separaban o título e a bibliografia do resto \end_inset
do documento.
O LyX (LaTeX) xa separa tais partes do documento con os espazos axeitados. (ec.
\end_layout 3).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Non coloquei as fórmulas en liñas independentes, nen usei a numeración automátic \begin_layout Section
a que fornece o LyX, porque non se descreben no Notes
\emph default \end_layout
\emph on \begin_layout Standard
Tutorial Tres cousiñas sobre este ficheiro:
\emph default \end_layout
.
\end_layout \begin_layout Itemize
Eliminei as liñas a trazos que separaban o título e a bibliografia do resto
\begin_layout Itemize do documento.
Non é necesário dixitar a palabra O LyX (LaTeX) xa separa tais partes do documento con os espazos axeitados.
\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
References Non coloquei as fórmulas en liñas independentes, nen usei a numeración automátic
\begin_inset Quotes erd a que fornece o LyX, porque non se descreben no
\end_inset \emph on
Tutorial
que vai a seguir, xa que o LyX a escrebe automaticamente (ou ben a palabra \emph default
.
\begin_inset Quotes eld \end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
Bibliography, Non é necesário dixitar a palabra
\begin_inset Quotes erd \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
segundo a clase de documento) ao seleccionar o ambiente References
\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family sans
Bibliografia que vai a seguir, xa que o LyX a escrebe automaticamente (ou ben a palabra
\family default
. \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography Bibliography,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \end_inset
key "Lamport"
segundo a clase de documento) ao seleccionar o ambiente
\end_inset \family sans
Lamport, Leslie. Bibliografia
\family default
\emph default .
\end_layout
\emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
\emph default LatexCommand bibitem
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. key "Lamport"
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_body
\end_document Lamport, Leslie.
\emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
\end_layout
\end_body
\end_document

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,23 +35,21 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
זו הכותרת של המסמך זו הכותרת של המסמך
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
מאת יהושע ליקס מאת יהושע ליקס
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Date \begin_layout Date
\numeric on \numeric on
18 18
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -59,35 +59,29 @@
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
פילוסופיה בסיסית פילוסופיה בסיסית
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
הפילוסופיה הבסיסית של ליקס היא שאתה צריך לדאוג אודות התוכן של מה שאתה כותב הפילוסופיה הבסיסית של ליקס היא שאתה צריך לדאוג אודות התוכן של מה שאתה כותב
ולא הצורה. ולא הצורה.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
איך ליקס עושה את זה איך ליקס עושה את זה
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
ליקס משתמשת ב-
ליקס משתמשת ב-
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -96,9 +90,7 @@ LaTeX
1985 1985
\numeric off \numeric off
. .
היא, בתורה, בנויה מעל שפת מחשב יעודית בשם היא, בתורה, בנויה מעל שפת מחשב יעודית בשם
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
TeX TeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -107,24 +99,22 @@ TeX
1984 1984
\numeric off \numeric off
. .
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
בנוה מסביב לפילוסופיה דומה לזו של ליקס. בנוה מסביב לפילוסופיה דומה לזו של ליקס.
לסלי למפורט אמר פעם )ראה הפניה לסלי למפורט אמר פעם )ראה הפניה
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
( (
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Quote \begin_layout Quote
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -132,9 +122,7 @@ key "lamport"
מסמך קל לקריאה הוא מסמך שהמבנה הויזואלי שלו משקף את המבנה הלוגי שלו. מסמך קל לקריאה הוא מסמך שהמבנה הויזואלי שלו משקף את המבנה הלוגי שלו.
ציטוטים ותוכניות מחשב, שהם אלמנטים לוגיים נפרדים, צריכים להיות מופרדים ציטוטים ותוכניות מחשב, שהם אלמנטים לוגיים נפרדים, צריכים להיות מופרדים
ויזואלית זה מזה... ויזואלית זה מזה...
מכיוון ש- מכיוון ש-
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -148,27 +136,22 @@ LaTeX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
למה ליקס יותר טובה למה ליקס יותר טובה
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
name "sec:lyxbetter" name "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
ליקס פונה להרבה יותר משתמשים מאשר ליקס פונה להרבה יותר משתמשים מאשר
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
. .
היא קלה יותר ללימוד בצורה משמעותית, כי, בניגוד ל- היא קלה יותר ללימוד בצורה משמעותית, כי, בניגוד ל-
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -197,9 +180,7 @@ What you see is what you mean
\end_inset \end_inset
. .
כך היא מסוגלת לשלב בין הנוחות של מעבדי תמלילים והכוח של כך היא מסוגלת לשלב בין הנוחות של מעבדי תמלילים והכוח של
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -209,26 +190,21 @@ LaTeX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
תכונותיה של ליקס תכונותיה של ליקס
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
לליקס תכונות רבות שמקלות על כתיבת מסמכים לליקס תכונות רבות שמקלות על כתיבת מסמכים
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
אחרי הכל, למה שמישהו ירצה להשתמש בה אחרת? אחרי הכל, למה שמישהו ירצה להשתמש בה אחרת?
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
אני אני
\series default
\series bold \series bold
מאוד נרגש מאוד נרגש
\series default \series default
@ -237,52 +213,49 @@ status collapsed
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
ליקס דואגת לשולי המסמך ולמספור הערות שוליים. ליקס דואגת לשולי המסמך ולמספור הערות שוליים.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
בליקס קל לכתוב ולערוך נוסחאות מתמטיות. בליקס קל לכתוב ולערוך נוסחאות מתמטיות.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
אם אתה מעוניין בדיון פילוסופי למה ליקס עדיפה על הרבה מעבדי תמלילים, ראה אם אתה מעוניין בדיון פילוסופי למה ליקס עדיפה על הרבה מעבדי תמלילים, ראה
סעיף סעיף
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:lyxbetter" reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
, בעמוד , בעמוד
\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "sec:lyxbetter" reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
. .
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
נסיונות פתטיים להשתמש בתכונות נוספות של ליקס נסיונות פתטיים להשתמש בתכונות נוספות של ליקס
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
שלשום כתבתי תוכנית מחשב. שלשום כתבתי תוכנית מחשב.
והרי היא לפניכם והרי היא לפניכם
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english \lang english
5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM 5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english \lang english
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
@ -297,32 +270,31 @@ I'M AWESOME!
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english \lang english
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
זה היה יותר מדי מדעי בשבילי, אז כתבתי את החמשיר הבא זה היה יותר מדי מדעי בשבילי, אז כתבתי את החמשיר הבא
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Verse \begin_layout Verse
ליקס פשוט גדול ליקס פשוט גדול
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
מעבד תמלילים כל יכול מעבד תמלילים כל יכול
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
איתו לא תפול! איתו לא תפול!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
ענייני מתמטיקה ענייני מתמטיקה
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
הנוסחא האהובה עלי היא לפתרון משוואה ריבועית. הנוסחא האהובה עלי היא לפתרון משוואה ריבועית.
אם אם
\begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$
@ -333,7 +305,7 @@ I'M AWESOME!
1 1
\numeric off \numeric off
(, אזי (, אזי
\begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$
\end_inset \end_inset
)משוואה )משוואה
@ -344,9 +316,8 @@ I'M AWESOME!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
משוואה אהובה אפילו יותר עומדת בבסיס החשבון הדיפרנציאלי: משוואה אהובה אפילו יותר עומדת בבסיס החשבון הדיפרנציאלי:
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$
\end_inset \end_inset
)משוואה )משוואה
@ -357,7 +328,8 @@ I'M AWESOME!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -365,8 +337,6 @@ key "lamport"
\lang english \lang english
Lamport, Leslie. Lamport, Leslie.
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,21 +35,18 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
זו הכותרת של המסמך זו הכותרת של המסמך
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: כותרת המסמך נקראת באנגלית
רמז: כותרת המסמך נקראת באנגלית
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
title title
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -60,21 +59,12 @@ title
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
מאת יהושע ליקס
מאת יהושע ליקס
\lang english
\lang hebrew
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: יהושע הוא הסופר, או באנגלית
רמז: יהושע הוא הסופר, או באנגלית
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
Author Author
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -88,7 +78,6 @@ Author
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
18 18
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -100,11 +89,8 @@ Author
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: זה התאריך, או באנגלית
רמז: זה התאריך, או באנגלית
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
Date Date
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -117,13 +103,11 @@ Date
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
תוכן הענינים תוכן הענינים
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: נכון שזה היה יכול להיות ממש נחמד אם לא היינו צריכים להקליד את תוכן רמז: נכון שזה היה יכול להיות ממש נחמד אם לא היינו צריכים להקליד את תוכן
העניינים בעצמנו? העניינים בעצמנו?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -135,7 +119,6 @@ status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
1 1
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -147,7 +130,6 @@ status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
1.1 1.1
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -158,7 +140,6 @@ status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
1.2 1.2
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -169,7 +150,6 @@ status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
2 2
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -179,7 +159,6 @@ status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
3 3
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -189,7 +168,6 @@ status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
4 4
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -198,13 +176,11 @@ status collapsed
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
--------------------------- ---------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
1 1
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -213,8 +189,7 @@ status collapsed
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: כותרות חלקים מן הסתם צריכות לבלוט יותר רמז: כותרות חלקים מן הסתם צריכות לבלוט יותר
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -224,14 +199,12 @@ status collapsed
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
הפילוסופיה הבסיסית של ליקס היא שאתה צריך לדאוג אודות התוכן של מה שאתה כותב הפילוסופיה הבסיסית של ליקס היא שאתה צריך לדאוג אודות התוכן של מה שאתה כותב
ולא הצורה. ולא הצורה.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
1.1 1.1
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -239,10 +212,7 @@ status collapsed
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
ליקס משתמשת ב-
ליקס משתמשת ב-
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -251,9 +221,7 @@ LaTeX
1985 1985
\numeric off \numeric off
. .
היא, בתורה, בנויה מעל שפת מחשב יעודית בשם היא, בתורה, בנויה מעל שפת מחשב יעודית בשם
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
TeX TeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -262,8 +230,6 @@ TeX
1984 1984
\numeric off \numeric off
. .
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
@ -277,8 +243,7 @@ LaTeX
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: מן הסתם ההפניה הביבליוגרפיה הזאת ) רמז: מן הסתם ההפניה הביבליוגרפיה הזאת )
\lang english \lang english
citation reference citation reference
@ -293,8 +258,6 @@ citation reference
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -302,9 +265,7 @@ citation reference
מסמך קל לקריאה הוא מסמך שהמבנה הויזואלי שלו משקף את המבנה הלוגי שלו. מסמך קל לקריאה הוא מסמך שהמבנה הויזואלי שלו משקף את המבנה הלוגי שלו.
ציטוטים ותוכניות מחשב, שהם אלמנטים לוגיים נפרדים, צריכים להיות מופרדים ציטוטים ותוכניות מחשב, שהם אלמנטים לוגיים נפרדים, צריכים להיות מופרדים
ויזואלית זה מזה... ויזואלית זה מזה...
מכיוון ש- מכיוון ש-
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -318,11 +279,8 @@ LaTeX
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: זה ציטוט, או באנגלית
רמז: זה ציטוט, או באנגלית
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
Quote Quote
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -336,7 +294,6 @@ Quote
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
1.2 1.2
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -344,17 +301,12 @@ Quote
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
ליקס פונה להרבה יותר משתמשים מאשר
ליקס פונה להרבה יותר משתמשים מאשר
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
. .
היא קלה יותר ללימוד בצורה משמעותית, כי, בניגוד ל- היא קלה יותר ללימוד בצורה משמעותית, כי, בניגוד ל-
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -383,9 +335,7 @@ What you see is what you mean
\end_inset \end_inset
. .
כך היא מסוגלת לשלב בין הנוחות של מעבדי תמלילים והכוח של כך היא מסוגלת לשלב בין הנוחות של מעבדי תמלילים והכוח של
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
LaTeX LaTeX
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -396,7 +346,6 @@ LaTeX
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
2 2
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -405,14 +354,12 @@ LaTeX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
לליקס תכונות רבות שמקלות על כתיבת מסמכים )אחרי הכל, למה שמישהו ירצה להשתמש לליקס תכונות רבות שמקלות על כתיבת מסמכים )אחרי הכל, למה שמישהו ירצה להשתמש
בה אחרת?( בה אחרת?(
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: המשפט בסוגריים יהיה טוב יותר בהערת שוליים. רמז: המשפט בסוגריים יהיה טוב יותר בהערת שוליים.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -422,8 +369,7 @@ status collapsed
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: הדגש! רמז: הדגש!
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -434,17 +380,14 @@ status collapsed
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
*ליקס דואגת לשולי המסמך ולמספור הערות שוליים. *ליקס דואגת לשולי המסמך ולמספור הערות שוליים.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* בליקס קל לכתוב ולערוך נוסחאות מתמטיות. * בליקס קל לכתוב ולערוך נוסחאות מתמטיות.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
אם אתה מעוניין בדיון פילוסופי למה ליקס עדיפה על הרבה מעבדי תמלילים, ראה אם אתה מעוניין בדיון פילוסופי למה ליקס עדיפה על הרבה מעבדי תמלילים, ראה
סעיף סעיף
\numeric on \numeric on
@ -458,8 +401,7 @@ status collapsed
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: מן הסתם, ההפניות ) רמז: מן הסתם, ההפניות )
\lang english \lang english
cross-references cross-references
@ -475,7 +417,6 @@ cross-references
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
3 3
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -484,21 +425,18 @@ cross-references
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
שלשום כתבתי תוכנית מחשב. שלשום כתבתי תוכנית מחשב.
והרי היא לפניכם והרי היא לפניכם
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\lang english \lang english
5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM 5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\lang english \lang english
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
@ -513,14 +451,12 @@ I'M AWESOME!
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\lang english \lang english
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: זוהי תוכנית מחשב ) רמז: זוהי תוכנית מחשב )
\lang english \lang english
code code
@ -534,31 +470,24 @@ code
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
זה היה יותר מדי מדעי בשבילי, אז כתבתי את החמשיר הבא זה היה יותר מדי מדעי בשבילי, אז כתבתי את החמשיר הבא
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
ליקס פשוט גדול ליקס פשוט גדול
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
מעבד תמלילים כל יכול מעבד תמלילים כל יכול
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
איתו לא תפול! איתו לא תפול!
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: זה אולי לא ביאליק, אבל זה עדיין שירה, או באנגלית
רמז: זה אולי לא ביאליק, אבל זה עדיין שירה, או באנגלית
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
verse verse
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -572,7 +501,6 @@ verse
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\numeric on \numeric on
4 4
\numeric off \numeric off
@ -581,8 +509,7 @@ verse
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
רמז: כל עניני המתמטיקה האלה צריכים להיות במוד מתמטיקה! רמז: כל עניני המתמטיקה האלה צריכים להיות במוד מתמטיקה!
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -592,11 +519,8 @@ status collapsed
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
הנוסחא האהובה עלי היא לפתרון משוואה ריבועית. הנוסחא האהובה עלי היא לפתרון משוואה ריבועית.
אם אם
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
ax^2+bx+c=0 ax^2+bx+c=0
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -604,27 +528,19 @@ ax^2+bx+c=0
\numeric on \numeric on
1 1
\numeric off \numeric off
(, אזי (, אזי
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
x x
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
הוא הוא
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
-b -b
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
פלוס או מינוס השורש הריבועי של פלוס או מינוס השורש הריבועי של
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
b^2-4ac b^2-4ac
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
, הכל מחולק ב- , הכל מחולק ב-
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
2a 2a
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -636,10 +552,7 @@ b^2-4ac
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
משוואה אהובה אפילו יותר עומדת בבסיס החשבון הדיפרנציאלי:
משוואה אהובה אפילו יותר עומדת בבסיס החשבון הדיפרנציאלי:
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
f'(x) f'(x)
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -647,9 +560,7 @@ f'(x)
\lang english \lang english
x x
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
שואף לאפס, של שואף לאפס, של
\lang hebrew
\lang english \lang english
f(x+deltax)-f(x) f(x+deltax)-f(x)
\lang hebrew \lang hebrew
@ -665,18 +576,15 @@ x
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
--------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
ביבליוגרפיה ביבליוגרפיה
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\lang english \lang english
[1] Lamport, Leslie. [1] Lamport, Leslie.
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass heb-article \textclass heb-article
@ -40,8 +40,6 @@
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body

View File

@ -1,336 +1,343 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
\begin_preamble \begin_preamble
%\def\magyarOptions{defaults=over-1.4,footnote=huplain} %\def\magyarOptions{defaults=over-1.4,footnote=huplain}
\usepackage{indentfirst} \usepackage{indentfirst}
\frenchspacing \frenchspacing
\end_preamble \end_preamble
\language magyar \language magyar
\inputencoding auto \inputencoding auto
\font_roman default \font_roman default
\font_sans default \font_sans default
\font_typewriter default \font_typewriter default
\font_default_family default \font_default_family default
\font_sc false \font_sc false
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \graphics dvips
\spacing single \paperfontsize 12
\papersize default \spacing single
\use_geometry false \use_hyperref false
\use_amsmath 1 \papersize default
\use_esint 0 \use_geometry false
\cite_engine basic \use_amsmath 1
\use_bibtopic false \use_esint 0
\paperorientation portrait \cite_engine basic
\secnumdepth 3 \use_bibtopic false
\tocdepth 3 \paperorientation portrait
\paragraph_separation indent \secnumdepth 3
\defskip medskip \tocdepth 3
\quotes_language polish \paragraph_separation indent
\papercolumns 1 \defskip medskip
\papersides 1 \quotes_language polish
\paperpagestyle plain \papercolumns 1
\tracking_changes false \papersides 1
\output_changes false \paperpagestyle plain
\end_header \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false
\begin_body \author ""
\end_header
\begin_layout Title
Ez a dokumentum címe \begin_body
\end_layout
\begin_layout Title
\begin_layout Author Ez a dokumentum címe
készítette egy LyX-es \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
\begin_layout Date készítette egy LyX-es
1972. \end_layout
június 12
\end_layout \begin_layout Date
1972.
\begin_layout Standard június 12
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents \end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
\end_layout LatexCommand tableofcontents
\begin_layout Section \end_inset
Alap filozófia
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A LyX alapfilozófiája az, hogy csak arra kell koncentrálnia amit le akarni \begin_layout Section
írni, nem arra hogyan fog kinézni. Alap filozófia
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Standard
Hogyan valósítja meg ezt a LyX A LyX alapfilozófiája az, hogy csak arra kell koncentrálnia amit le akarni
\end_layout írni, nem arra hogyan fog kinézni.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A LyX a LaTeX-et használja, ami egy dokumentum elkészítő rendszer, amit \begin_layout Subsection
1985-ben készített Leslie Lamport. Hogyan valósítja meg ezt a LyX
Ezt egy TeX nevű írásszedő rendszerre építette, amit Donald Knuth készített \end_layout
1984-ben.
A LaTeX-et, a LyX-hez hasonló filozófia miatt készítették. \begin_layout Standard
Leslie Lamport egyszer azt mondta (lásd a hivatkozásban A LyX a LaTeX-et használja, ami egy dokumentum elkészítő rendszer, amit
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite 1985-ben készített Leslie Lamport.
key "lamport" Ezt egy TeX nevű írásszedő rendszerre építette, amit Donald Knuth készített
\end_inset 1984-ben.
A LaTeX-et, a LyX-hez hasonló filozófia miatt készítették.
): Leslie Lamport egyszer azt mondta (lásd a hivatkozásban
\end_layout \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
\begin_layout Quote key "lamport"
A tipográfiai tervezés célja az, hogy segítsen az olvasónak megérteni a
szerző mondanivalóját. \end_inset
Ahhoz, hogy egy művet könnyen el lehessen olvasni, a vizuális szerkezetének
követnie kell a logikai felépítését. ):
Az idézetek és számítógépprogramok teljesen különálló logikai elemek, ezért \end_layout
meg kell tudni őket egymásól különböztetni\SpecialChar \ldots{}
Mivel a LyX nem érti az írott \begin_layout Quote
szöveget, ezért világosan meg kell adnia a logikai struktúrát bizonyos A tipográfiai tervezés célja az, hogy segítsen az olvasónak megérteni a
parancsok használatával\SpecialChar \ldots{} szerző mondanivalóját.
Miközben művét készíti, a logikai felépítésével Ahhoz, hogy egy művet könnyen el lehessen olvasni, a vizuális szerkezetének
kell törődnie, nem a megjelenésével. követnie kell a logikai felépítését.
\end_layout Az idézetek és számítógépprogramok teljesen különálló logikai elemek, ezért
meg kell tudni őket egymásól különböztetni\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\begin_layout Subsection Mivel a LyX nem érti az írott
Miért jobb a LyX szöveget, ezért világosan meg kell adnia a logikai struktúrát bizonyos
\end_layout parancsok használatával\SpecialChar \ldots{}
Miközben művét készíti, a logikai felépítésével
\begin_layout Standard kell törődnie, nem a megjelenésével.
\begin_inset LatexCommand label \end_layout
name "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \begin_layout Subsection
Miért jobb a LyX
A LyX sokkal több embernek lehet hasznos, mint a LaTeX. \end_layout
Meglehetősen könnyebb megtanulni, mivel nem kell megtanulni a LaTeX-et
(ami gyakorlatilag egy programozási nyelv). \begin_layout Standard
A LyX alapvetően egy másik \begin_inset CommandInset label
\begin_inset Quotes pld LatexCommand label
\end_inset name "sec:lyxbetter"
azt kapod amit látsz \end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset A LyX sokkal több embernek lehet hasznos, mint a LaTeX.
Meglehetősen könnyebb megtanulni, mivel nem kell megtanulni a LaTeX-et
szövegszerkesztő, bár inkább (ami gyakorlatilag egy programozási nyelv).
\begin_inset Quotes pld A LyX alapvetően egy másik
\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
amit lát arra gondol
\begin_inset Quotes prd azt kapod amit látsz
\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
típusú.
Ezáltal a word típusú szövegszerkesztők könnyű használatát kombinálja, szövegszerkesztő, bár inkább
a LaTeX hatékonyságával. \begin_inset Quotes pld
Ez egy jó dolog. \end_inset
A fájl formátuma platform független.
De legfőképpen, ingyenes! amit lát arra gondol
\end_layout \begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
A LyX jellemzői típusú.
\end_layout Ezáltal a word típusú szövegszerkesztők könnyű használatát kombinálja,
a LaTeX hatékonyságával.
\begin_layout Standard Ez egy jó dolog.
A LyX rengeteg olyan jellemzővel rendelkezik, amelyek megkönnyítik az írást. A fájl formátuma platform független.
\begin_inset Foot De legfőképpen, ingyenes!
status open \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Section
\InsetSpace ~ A LyX jellemzői
Ezek után, miért ne akarná használni? \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset A LyX rengeteg olyan jellemzővel rendelkezik, amelyek megkönnyítik az írást.
\begin_inset Foot
status open
\shape default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\shape italic \begin_inset space ~
Nagyon igazgatott \end_inset
\emph default
\shape default Ezek után, miért ne akarná használni?
\end_layout
\shape italic
\emph on \end_inset
\shape default
\emph default \shape italic
vagyok, hogy beszélhessek róluk. Nagyon igazgatott
Íme közülük néhány. \shape default
\end_layout vagyok, hogy beszélhessek róluk.
Íme közülük néhány.
\begin_layout Itemize \end_layout
A LyX gondoskodik a margókról és a lábjegyzetek számozásáról
\end_layout \begin_layout Itemize
A LyX gondoskodik a margókról és a lábjegyzetek számozásáról
\begin_layout Itemize \end_layout
A LyX-el könnyen készíthet és szerkeszthet képleteket
\end_layout \begin_layout Itemize
A LyX-el könnyen készíthet és szerkeszthet képleteket
\begin_layout Standard \end_layout
A filozófiai értekezést, hogy miért jobb a LyX a többi szövegszerkesztőnél,
megtalálja a \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref A filozófiai értekezést, hogy miért jobb a LyX a többi szövegszerkesztőnél,
reference "sec:lyxbetter" megtalálja a
\end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
. reference "sec:lyxbetter"
szakaszban, amit a
\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref \end_inset
reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset .
szakaszban, amit a
. \begin_inset CommandInset ref
oldalon talál. LatexCommand pageref
\end_layout reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\begin_layout Section \end_inset
Gyenge próbálkozások más LyX-es cuccok használatához
\end_layout .
oldalon talál.
\begin_layout Standard \end_layout
Egy nap írtam egy programot.
Így nézett ki. \begin_layout Section
\end_layout Gyenge próbálkozások más LyX-es cuccok használatához
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
5 REMARK A FELEMETES PROGRAMOM \begin_layout Standard
\end_layout Egy nap írtam egy programot.
Így nézett ki.
\begin_layout LyX-Code \end_layout
10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_layout LyX-Code
\end_inset 5 REMARK A FELEMETES PROGRAMOM
\end_layout
FELEMETES VAGYOK!
\begin_inset Quotes erd \begin_layout LyX-Code
\end_inset 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
FELEMETES VAGYOK!
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_inset Quotes erd
20 GOTO 10 \end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \end_layout
A tudományos gondolkodás után, teljesen művészien éreztem magam, és írtam
egy haiku-t \begin_layout LyX-Code
\end_layout 20 GOTO 10
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
A LyX egy nagyon szuper \begin_layout Standard
\newline A tudományos gondolkodás után, teljesen művészien éreztem magam, és írtam
Szövegszedő szövegszerkesztő egy haiku-t
\newline \end_layout
Sok időt takarít meg
\end_layout \begin_layout Verse
A LyX egy nagyon szuper
\begin_layout Section \begin_inset Newline newline
Képletes dolgok \end_inset
\end_layout
Szövegszedő szövegszerkesztő
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newline newline
A kedvenc egyenletem a másodfokú egyenlet megoldóképlete. \end_inset
Ha
\begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ Sok időt takarít meg
\end_inset \end_layout
(1. \begin_layout Section
képlet), akkor Képletes dolgok
\begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ \end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
(2. A kedvenc egyenletem a másodfokú egyenlet megoldóképlete.
képlet). Ha
\end_layout \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
A másik kedvenc képletem egy elemi kalkulus: (1.
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ képlet), akkor
\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$
\end_inset
(3.
képlet). (2.
\end_layout képlet).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Megjegyzések \begin_layout Standard
\end_layout A másik kedvenc képletem egy elemi kalkulus:
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$
\begin_layout Standard \end_inset
Pár megjegyzés a fájl lyx-esítéséről:
\end_layout (3.
képlet).
\begin_layout Itemize \end_layout
Ki tudtam szedni a kötőjeles sorokat.
Amelyek egyszerűen elválasztották a címet és a hivatkozást a dokumentum \begin_layout Section
többi részétől. Megjegyzések
A LyX (LaTeX) elég sokat tud arról, hogyan kell ezt az elkülönítést elvégezni. \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Itemize Pár megjegyzés a fájl lyx-esítéséről:
Nem zavartam be a képlet megjelenítési módjával. \end_layout
Valamint nem használtam az automatikus képlet számozást sem, mivel az nincs
leírva a \begin_layout Itemize
\emph default Ki tudtam szedni a kötőjeles sorokat.
Amelyek egyszerűen elválasztották a címet és a hivatkozást a dokumentum
\emph on többi részétől.
Tankönyvben A LyX (LaTeX) elég sokat tud arról, hogyan kell ezt az elkülönítést elvégezni.
\emph default \end_layout
.
\end_layout \begin_layout Itemize
Nem zavartam be a képlet megjelenítési módjával.
\begin_layout Itemize Valamint nem használtam az automatikus képlet számozást sem, mivel az nincs
Nem kellett begépelnem a leírva a
\begin_inset Quotes pld \emph on
\end_inset Tankönyvben
\emph default
Hivatkozások .
\begin_inset Quotes prd \end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
szót lentebb. Nem kellett begépelnem a
A LyX magától odaírta nekem (vagy az \begin_inset Quotes pld
\begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset
\end_inset
Hivatkozások
Irodalomjegyzék \begin_inset Quotes prd
\begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset
\end_inset
szót lentebb.
szót, függően a szövegosztálytól) A LyX magától odaírta nekem (vagy az
\end_layout \begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
Irodalomjegyzék
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset Quotes prd
key "lamport" \end_inset
\end_inset szót, függően a szövegosztálytól)
Lamport, Leslie. \end_layout
\emph default \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
\emph on LatexCommand bibitem
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. key "lamport"
\emph default \end_inset
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, második kiadás, 1994.
\end_layout Lamport, Leslie.
\end_body \emph on
\end_document LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, második kiadás, 1994.
\end_layout
\end_body
\end_document

View File

@ -1,424 +1,422 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
\begin_preamble \begin_preamble
%\def\magyarOptions{defaults=over-1.4,footnote=huplain} %\def\magyarOptions{defaults=over-1.4,footnote=huplain}
\usepackage{indentfirst} \usepackage{indentfirst}
\frenchspacing \frenchspacing
\end_preamble \end_preamble
\language magyar \language magyar
\inputencoding auto \inputencoding auto
\font_roman default \font_roman default
\font_sans default \font_sans default
\font_typewriter default \font_typewriter default
\font_default_family default \font_default_family default
\font_sc false \font_sc false
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \graphics dvips
\spacing single \paperfontsize 12
\papersize default \spacing single
\use_geometry false \use_hyperref false
\use_amsmath 1 \papersize default
\use_esint 0 \use_geometry false
\cite_engine basic \use_amsmath 1
\use_bibtopic false \use_esint 0
\paperorientation portrait \cite_engine basic
\secnumdepth 3 \use_bibtopic false
\tocdepth 3 \paperorientation portrait
\paragraph_separation indent \secnumdepth 3
\defskip medskip \tocdepth 3
\quotes_language polish \paragraph_separation indent
\papercolumns 1 \defskip medskip
\papersides 1 \quotes_language polish
\paperpagestyle plain \papercolumns 1
\tracking_changes false \papersides 1
\output_changes false \paperpagestyle plain
\end_header \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false
\begin_body \author ""
\end_header
\begin_layout Standard
EZ A DOKUMENTUM CÍME \begin_body
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Standard
EZ A DOKUMENTUM CÍME
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Tanács: a címnek jobban CÍMNEK kell látszania status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Tanács: a címnek jobban CÍMNEK kell látszania
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
készítette egy LyX-es \end_layout
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed \begin_layout Standard
készítette egy LyX-es
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Tanács: ide kerül a SZERZŐ status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Tanács: ide kerül a SZERZŐ
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
1972. \end_layout
június 12
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_layout Standard
status collapsed 1972.
június 12
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Tanács: ez lesz a DÁTUM status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Tanács: ez lesz a DÁTUM
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Tartalomjegyzék \end_layout
\begin_inset Note Note
status open \begin_layout Standard
Tartalomjegyzék
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Tanács: jó lenne nem kellene külön begépelni a tartalomjegyzéket status open
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Tanács: jó lenne nem kellene külön begépelni a tartalomjegyzéket
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
1. \end_layout
Alap filozófia..................1
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
1.
\begin_layout Standard Alap filozófia..................1
1.1 Hogyan valósítja meg ezt a LyX...............1 \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Hogyan valósítja meg ezt a LyX...............1
1.2 Miért jobb a LyX ...............1 \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Miért jobb a LyX ...............1
2. \end_layout
A LyX jellemzői
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
2.
\begin_layout Standard A LyX jellemzői
3. \end_layout
Gyenge próbálkozások más LyX-es cuccok használatához
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
3.
\begin_layout Standard Gyenge próbálkozások más LyX-es cuccok használatához
4. \end_layout
Képletes dolgok
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
4.
\begin_layout Standard Képletes dolgok
--------------------------------------------------- \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard ---------------------------------------------------
1. \end_layout
Alap filozófia
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_layout Standard
status open 1.
Alap filozófia
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Tanács: a szakaszcímnek jobban ki kellene tűnnie status open
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Tanács: a szakaszcímnek jobban ki kellene tűnnie
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
A LyX alapfilozófiája az, hogy csak arra kell koncentrálnia amit le akarni \end_layout
írni, nem arra hogyan fog kinézni.
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
A LyX alapfilozófiája az, hogy csak arra kell koncentrálnia amit le akarni
\begin_layout Standard írni, nem arra hogyan fog kinézni.
1.1 Hogyan valósítja meg ezt a LyX \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Hogyan valósítja meg ezt a LyX
A LyX a LaTeX-et használja, ami egy dokumentum elkészítő rendszer, amit \end_layout
1985-ben készített Leslie Lamport.
Ezt egy TeX nevű írásszedő rendszerre építette, amit Donald Knuth készített \begin_layout Standard
1984-ben. A LyX a LaTeX-et használja, ami egy dokumentum elkészítő rendszer, amit
A LaTeX-et, a LyX-hez hasonló filozófia miatt készítették. 1985-ben készített Leslie Lamport.
Leslie Lamport egyszer azt mondta (lásd a [2] hivatkozásban): Ezt egy TeX nevű írásszedő rendszerre építette, amit Donald Knuth készített
\begin_inset Note Note 1984-ben.
status open A LaTeX-et, a LyX-hez hasonló filozófia miatt készítették.
Leslie Lamport egyszer azt mondta (lásd a [2] hivatkozásban):
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Tanács: valószínűleg ennek az IDÉZET HIVATKOZÁSNAK nem kellene be betonozva status open
lennie.
Mi lenne, ha Lamport könyve a második elem lenne az irodalomjegyzéknek? \begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout Tanács: valószínűleg ennek az IDÉZET HIVATKOZÁSNAK nem kellene be betonozva
lennie.
\end_inset Mi lenne, ha Lamport könyve a második elem lenne az irodalomjegyzéknek?
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes pld \end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
A tipográfiai tervezés célja az, hogy segítsen az olvasónak megérteni a \begin_inset Quotes pld
szerző mondanivalóját. \end_inset
Ahhoz, hogy egy művet könnyen el lehessen olvasni, a vizuális szerkezetének
követnie kell a logikai felépítését. A tipográfiai tervezés célja az, hogy segítsen az olvasónak megérteni a
Az idézetek és számítógépprogramok teljesen különálló logikai elemek, ezért szerző mondanivalóját.
meg kell tudni őket egymásól különböztetni... Ahhoz, hogy egy művet könnyen el lehessen olvasni, a vizuális szerkezetének
Mivel a LyX nem érti az írott szöveget, ezért világosan meg kell adnia követnie kell a logikai felépítését.
a logikai struktúrát bizonyos parancsok használatával\SpecialChar \ldots{} Az idézetek és számítógépprogramok teljesen különálló logikai elemek, ezért
Miközben művét készíti, meg kell tudni őket egymásól különböztetni...
a logikai felépítésével kell törődnie, nem a megjelenésével. Mivel a LyX nem érti az írott szöveget, ezért világosan meg kell adnia
\begin_inset Quotes prd a logikai struktúrát bizonyos parancsok használatával\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_inset Miközben művét készíti,
a logikai felépítésével kell törődnie, nem a megjelenésével.
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\begin_inset Note Note \end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Tanács: ez egy IDÉZET status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Tanács: ez egy IDÉZET
\end_layout
\end_layout \end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
1.2 Miért jobb a LyX \end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Miért jobb a LyX
A LyX sokkal több embernek lehet hasznos, mint a LaTeX. \end_layout
Meglehetősen könnyebb megtanulni, mivel nem kell megtanulni a LaTeX-et
(ami gyakorlatilag egy programozási nyelv). \begin_layout Standard
A LyX alapvetően egy másik A LyX sokkal több embernek lehet hasznos, mint a LaTeX.
\begin_inset Quotes pld Meglehetősen könnyebb megtanulni, mivel nem kell megtanulni a LaTeX-et
\end_inset (ami gyakorlatilag egy programozási nyelv).
A LyX alapvetően egy másik
azt kapod amit látsz \begin_inset Quotes pld
\begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset
\end_inset
azt kapod amit látsz
szövegszerkesztő, bár inkább \begin_inset Quotes prd
\begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset
\end_inset
szövegszerkesztő, bár inkább
amit lát arra gondol \begin_inset Quotes pld
\begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset
\end_inset
amit lát arra gondol
típusú. \begin_inset Quotes prd
Ezáltal a word típusú szövegszerkesztők könnyű használatát kombinálja, \end_inset
a LaTeX hatékonyságával.
Ez egy jó dolog. típusú.
A fájl formátuma platform független. Ezáltal a word típusú szövegszerkesztők könnyű használatát kombinálja,
De legfőképpen, ingyenes! a LaTeX hatékonyságával.
\end_layout Ez egy jó dolog.
A fájl formátuma platform független.
\begin_layout Standard De legfőképpen, ingyenes!
2. \end_layout
A LyX jellemzői
\end_layout \begin_layout Standard
2.
\begin_layout Standard A LyX jellemzői
A LyX rengeteg olyan jellemzővel rendelkezik, amelyek megkönnyítik az írást. \end_layout
(Ezek után, miért ne akarná használni?
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_layout Standard
status open A LyX rengeteg olyan jellemzővel rendelkezik, amelyek megkönnyítik az írást.
(Ezek után, miért ne akarná használni?
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
Tanács: a zárójelben lévő sokkal jobban mutatna a LÁBJEGYZETben status open
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset Tanács: a zárójelben lévő sokkal jobban mutatna a LÁBJEGYZETben
\end_layout
).
\end_inset
\shape default
).
\shape italic
\emph on \shape italic
NAGYON IZGATOTT \emph on
\emph default NAGYON IZGATOTT
\shape default \shape default
\emph default
\shape italic
\emph default \begin_inset Note Note
status open
\shape default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Note Note Tanács: KIEMELÉS!
status open \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \end_inset
Tanács: KIEMELÉS!
\end_layout vagyok, hogy beszélhessek róluk.
Íme közülük néhány.
\end_inset \end_layout
vagyok, hogy beszélhessek róluk. \begin_layout Standard
Íme közülük néhány. *A LyX gondoskodik a margókról és a lábjegyzetek számozásáról
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
*A LyX gondoskodik a margókról és a lábjegyzetek számozásáról *A LyX-el könnyen készíthet és szerkeszthet képleteket
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
*A LyX-el könnyen készíthet és szerkeszthet képleteket A filozófiai értekezést, hogy miért jobb a LyX a többi szövegszerkesztőnél,
\end_layout megtalálja a 1.2 szakaszban, amit az 1.
oldalon talál.
\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Note
A filozófiai értekezést, hogy miért jobb a LyX a többi szövegszerkesztőnél, status open
megtalálja a 1.2 szakaszban, amit az 1.
oldalon talál. \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Note Note Tanács: ennek a KERESZT-HIVATKOZÁSNAK nem kellene fixnek lennie.
status open Mi történik, ha megváltoztatjuk a szakaszszámozást?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Tanács: ennek a KERESZT-HIVATKOZÁSNAK nem kellene fixnek lennie. \end_inset
Mi történik, ha megváltoztatjuk a szakaszszámozást?
\end_layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
3.
\end_layout Gyenge próbálkozások más LyX-es cuccok használatához
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
3. \begin_layout Standard
Gyenge próbálkozások más LyX-es cuccok használatához Egy nap írtam egy programot.
\end_layout Így nézett ki.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Egy nap írtam egy programot. \begin_layout Standard
Így nézett ki. 5 REMARK A FELEMETES PROGRAMOM
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
5 REMARK A FELEMETES PROGRAMOM 10 PRINT
\end_layout \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
10 PRINT FELEMETES VAGYOK!
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset \end_inset
FELEMETES VAGYOK!
\begin_inset Quotes erd \end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
20 GOTO 10
\end_layout \begin_inset Note Note
status open
\begin_layout Standard
20 GOTO 10 \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Note Note Tanács: ez egy PROGRAM-KÓD
status open \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \end_inset
Tanács: ez egy PROGRAM-KÓD
\end_layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
A tudományos gondolkodás után, teljesen művészien éreztem magam, és írtam
\end_layout egy haiku-t
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A tudományos gondolkodás után, teljesen művészien éreztem magam, és írtam \begin_layout Standard
egy haiku-t A LyX egy nagyon szuper
\end_layout \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
A LyX egy nagyon szuper Szövegszedő szövegszerkesztő
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
Szövegszedő szövegszerkesztő \end_inset
\newline
Sok időt takarít meg Sok időt takarít meg
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Tanács: ez így nem túl jó mivel egy költemény, azaz egy VERS Tanács: ez így nem túl jó mivel egy költemény, azaz egy VERS
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Képletes dolgok Képletes dolgok
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Tanács: ezek a képletek normális módon kellene hogy megjelenjenek. Tanács: ezek a képletek normális módon kellene hogy megjelenjenek.
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
A kedvenc egyenletem a másodfokú egyenlet megoldóképlete. A kedvenc egyenletem a másodfokú egyenlet megoldóképlete.
Ha ax^2+bx+c=0 (1. Ha ax^2+bx+c=0 (1.
képlet), akkor x= -b plusz vagy mínusz a b^2-4ac négyzetgyöke, majd mindez képlet), akkor x= -b plusz vagy mínusz a b^2-4ac négyzetgyöke, majd mindez
osztva 2a-val (2. osztva 2a-val (2.
képlet). képlet).
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
A másik kedvenc képletem egy elemi kalkulus: f'(x) határérték, amikor [f(x+delta A másik kedvenc képletem egy elemi kalkulus: f'(x) határérték, amikor [f(x+delta
x)- f(x)]-ben deltax tart a nullához és az egész osztva deltax-el (3. x)- f(x)]-ben deltax tart a nullához és az egész osztva deltax-el (3.
képlet). képlet).
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
HIVATKOZÁSOK HIVATKOZÁSOK
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
[1] Lamport, Leslie. [1] Lamport, Leslie.
\emph default \emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
\emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. \emph default
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, második kiadás, 1994.
\emph default \end_layout
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, második kiadás, 1994.
\end_layout \end_body
\end_document
\end_body
\end_document

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass foils \textclass foils
@ -14,9 +14,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -34,17 +36,17 @@
\paperpagestyle foilheadings \paperpagestyle foilheadings
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
MyLogo{HUT/ECDL Kimmo Koli MyLogo{HUT/ECDL Kimmo Koli
@ -58,21 +60,16 @@ today}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
Landscape slide example with a figure Landscape slide example with a figure
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\lyxline \lyxline
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Box Frameless \begin_inset Box Frameless
position "c" position "c"
hor_pos "c" hor_pos "c"
@ -85,31 +82,29 @@ height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight" height_special "totalheight"
status open status open
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
It is possible to place text beside a figure (clipart platypus in this example) It is possible to place text beside a figure (clipart platypus in this example)
using the minipage enviroment using the minipage enviroment
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
The text can contain also item lists The text can contain also item lists
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout TickList \begin_layout TickList
Also other lists like tick lists Also other lists like tick lists
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout CrossList \begin_layout CrossList
and cross lists can be entered and cross lists can be entered
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
\hfill \begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Box Frameless \begin_inset Box Frameless
position "c" position "c"
@ -123,86 +118,62 @@ height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight" height_special "totalheight"
status open status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center \align center
\begin_inset Graphics \begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/platypus.eps filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
display monochrome
width 10cm width 10cm
rotateOrigin center rotateOrigin center
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
You can also add more text below below the minipages as you may have guessed. You can also add more text below below the minipages as you may have guessed.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout ShortFoilhead \begin_layout ShortFoilhead
How it was done How it was done
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\lyxline \lyxline
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
\family roman \family roman
Just select with the mouse the text paragraphs you want to mark as minipages Just select with the mouse the text paragraphs you want to mark as minipages
and then select and then select
\emph default
\family default \family default
Layout->Paragraph:ExtraOpt
\family roman
\emph on
\family default
\emph default
Layout->Paragraph:ExtraOpt
\family default
\family roman \family roman
and press the and press the
\family default \family default
Minipage
Minipage
\family default
\family roman \family roman
button and add a minipage width. button and add a minipage width.
@ -210,69 +181,43 @@ button and add a minipage width.
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
\family roman \family roman
Then put cursor to the paragraph containing the figure and mark it also Then put cursor to the paragraph containing the figure and mark it also
a minipage, but add also the a minipage, but add also the
\family default \family default
HFill between the Minipage paragraphs
HFill between the Minipage paragraphs
\family default
\family roman \family roman
and and
\emph default
\family default \family default
Start a new Minipage
\family roman
\emph on
\family default
\emph default
Start a new Minipage
\family default
\family roman \family roman
options options
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
\family roman \family roman
You can also change the alignment in this You can also change the alignment in this
\family default \family default
Extra options Extra options
\family default
\family roman \family roman
menu to middle for all minipage paragraphs for a better result. menu to middle for all minipage paragraphs for a better result.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
\family roman \family roman
Somehow (correct this if you know how) the figure size set by the Somehow (correct this if you know how) the figure size set by the
\family default \family default
% of the page
% of the page
\family default
\family roman \family roman
doesn't scale the picture right but still the doesn't scale the picture right but still the
\family default \family default
cm
cm
\family default
\family roman \family roman
and and
\family default \family default
inches
inches
\family default
\family roman \family roman
entries will work. entries will work.
\end_layout \end_layout

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -16,9 +16,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics default \graphics default
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -36,40 +38,33 @@
\paperpagestyle default \paperpagestyle default
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
Meervoudige kolommen Meervoudige kolommen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
door door
\noun on \noun on
Lars Gullik Bjønnes Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Strekking Strekking
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Het is de bedoeling van dit hoofdstuk aan te geven hoe het LaTeX pakket Het is de bedoeling van dit hoofdstuk aan te geven hoe het LaTeX pakket
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
gebruikt kan worden in een LyX document. gebruikt kan worden in een LyX document.
Aangezien LyX het pakket Aangezien LyX het pakket
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
@ -79,15 +74,11 @@ multicol
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Beperkingen Beperkingen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Met het
Met het
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
@ -102,29 +93,22 @@ multicol
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Voorbeelden Voorbeelden
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Twee kolommen Twee kolommen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Als je twee kolommen in uw tekst wenst, moet je de LaTeX mode gebruiken Als je twee kolommen in uw tekst wenst, moet je de LaTeX mode gebruiken
om om
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
\family default \family default
te plaatsen op het punt waar je wilt dat de twee kolommen beginnen en te plaatsen op het punt waar je wilt dat de twee kolommen beginnen en
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -135,22 +119,18 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace -2ex \begin_inset VSpace -2ex
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -169,7 +149,9 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
Het avontuur van het lege huis Het avontuur van het lege huis
\series default \series default
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
door door
\noun on \noun on
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
@ -177,7 +159,6 @@ Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
Het was in het voorjaar van het jaar 1894 dat iedereen in Londen geïnteresseerd Het was in het voorjaar van het jaar 1894 dat iedereen in Londen geïnteresseerd
was in, en de fatsoenlijke wereld ontzet door, de moord op de rechtschapen was in, en de fatsoenlijke wereld ontzet door, de moord op de rechtschapen
@ -207,12 +188,11 @@ Het was in het voorjaar van het jaar 1894 dat iedereen in Londen geïnteresseer
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -224,34 +204,28 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Meervoudige kolommen Meervoudige kolommen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Hetzelfde patroon wordt toegepast als je meer dan twee kolommen wenst. Hetzelfde patroon wordt toegepast als je meer dan twee kolommen wenst.
(je kunt meer dan drie kolommen definieren, maar dat is mogelijk minder (je kunt meer dan drie kolommen definieren, maar dat is mogelijk minder
plezierig voor het oog.) plezierig voor het oog.)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace -2ex \begin_inset VSpace -2ex
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{3} begin{multicols}{3}
@ -264,7 +238,6 @@ begin{multicols}{3}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size footnotesize \size footnotesize
U kunt zich voorstellen dat mijn nauwe vriendschap met Sherlock Holmes me U kunt zich voorstellen dat mijn nauwe vriendschap met Sherlock Holmes me
heeft geïnteresseerd in misdaad, en dat ik na zijn verdwijnen nooit heb heeft geïnteresseerd in misdaad, en dat ik na zijn verdwijnen nooit heb
@ -288,12 +261,11 @@ U kunt zich voorstellen dat mijn nauwe vriendschap met Sherlock Holmes me
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -305,32 +277,26 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Kolommen binnen kolommen Kolommen binnen kolommen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Je kunt zelfs kolommen binnen kolommen definieren: Je kunt zelfs kolommen binnen kolommen definieren:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace -2ex \begin_inset VSpace -2ex
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -343,7 +309,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size footnotesize \size footnotesize
De rechtschapen Ronald Adair was de tweede zoon van de Graaf van Maynooth, De rechtschapen Ronald Adair was de tweede zoon van de Graaf van Maynooth,
de toenmalige gouverneur van een Australische kolonie. de toenmalige gouverneur van een Australische kolonie.
@ -353,22 +318,18 @@ De rechtschapen Ronald Adair was de tweede zoon van de Graaf van Maynooth,
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace -2ex \begin_inset VSpace -2ex
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2} begin{multicols}{2}
@ -381,7 +342,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size footnotesize \size footnotesize
De kinderen begaven zich in het beste milieu en hadden, voor zover bekend, De kinderen begaven zich in het beste milieu en hadden, voor zover bekend,
geen vijanden en geen bijzondere gebreken. geen vijanden en geen bijzondere gebreken.
@ -397,12 +357,11 @@ en.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -415,7 +374,6 @@ end{multicols}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size footnotesize \size footnotesize
Ronald Adair was bijzonder gesteld op het kaartspel, maar nooit zodanig Ronald Adair was bijzonder gesteld op het kaartspel, maar nooit zodanig
dat de verliezen hem zouden schaden. dat de verliezen hem zouden schaden.
@ -442,12 +400,11 @@ ge speler en werd meestal de winnaar.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -459,15 +416,11 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Voorbeelden voor gevorderden Voorbeelden voor gevorderden
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Zoals je mogelijk weet, kent
Zoals je mogelijk weet, kent
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
@ -478,24 +431,21 @@ multicol
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Inleiding en overslaan Inleiding en overslaan
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Als er minder dan 5cm ruimte op de pagina over is, zal op een nieuwe pagina Als er minder dan 5cm ruimte op de pagina over is, zal op een nieuwe pagina
worden begonnen voor dit deel dat een inleidende tekst boven twee kolommen worden begonnen voor dit deel dat een inleidende tekst boven twee kolommen
heeft: heeft:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2}[ begin{multicols}{2}[
@ -508,7 +458,8 @@ En het verhaal gaat verder en verder en verder\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
][5cm] ][5cm]
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -519,7 +470,6 @@ status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
Op de avond van de misdaad kwam hij precies om tien uur terug van de club. Op de avond van de misdaad kwam hij precies om tien uur terug van de club.
Zijn moeder en zuster waren uit en brachten de avond bij een kennis door. Zijn moeder en zuster waren uit en brachten de avond bij een kennis door.
@ -544,12 +494,11 @@ Op de avond van de misdaad kwam hij precies om tien uur terug van de club.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -561,16 +510,12 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Inleiding en secties Inleiding en secties
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Wat te doen als je wilt dat met de inleiding meteen een nieuwe sectie begint? Wat te doen als je wilt dat met de inleiding meteen een nieuwe sectie begint?
Dat kan, maar alleen door LaTeX opdrachten binnen de parameters voor de Dat kan, maar alleen door LaTeX opdrachten binnen de parameters voor de
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicols multicols
@ -580,12 +525,11 @@ multicols
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
begin{multicols}{2}[ begin{multicols}{2}[
@ -599,7 +543,8 @@ Dit is de sectie opdracht als inleiding
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
}][5cm] }][5cm]
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -610,7 +555,6 @@ status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
Het nauwkeurig onderzoeken van de omstandigheden zorgde er alleen voor dat Het nauwkeurig onderzoeken van de omstandigheden zorgde er alleen voor dat
de zaak moeilijker werd. de zaak moeilijker werd.
@ -644,12 +588,11 @@ d werden door de volledige afwezigheid van een motief, want, zoals ik heb
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -661,31 +604,23 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Lege ruimte Lege ruimte
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Het
Het
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
pakket vereist dat een zekere ruimte aanwezig is voor en na een deel met pakket vereist dat een zekere ruimte aanwezig is voor en na een deel met
meerdere kolommen. meerdere kolommen.
Bovendien zal Bovendien zal
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
multicol multicol
\family default \family default
een lege ruimte plaatsen voor en na het deel met meerdere kolommen. een lege ruimte plaatsen voor en na het deel met meerdere kolommen.
De opdrachten om de voorkeursinstellingen voor de witruimte aan te passen De opdrachten om de voorkeursinstellingen voor de witruimte aan te passen
moeten geplaatst worden voor moeten geplaatst worden voor
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -697,12 +632,11 @@ begin{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -719,7 +653,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
De hele dag bleven deze feiten in mijn gedachten, strevend naar een theorie De hele dag bleven deze feiten in mijn gedachten, strevend naar een theorie
die ze allemaal kon verenigen en de weg van de minste weerstand die volgens die ze allemaal kon verenigen en de weg van de minste weerstand die volgens
@ -749,12 +682,11 @@ De hele dag bleven deze feiten in mijn gedachten, strevend naar een theorie
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -766,15 +698,11 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Paragraph \begin_layout Paragraph
Opmerking: Opmerking:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
De waarden die u heeft aangepast met
De waarden die u heeft aangepast met
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -785,12 +713,11 @@ setlength
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -804,15 +731,11 @@ multicolsep}{13pt}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Kolom breedte en afscheiding Kolom breedte en afscheiding
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
De breedte van de kolommen in de
De breedte van de kolommen in de
\family default
\family sans \family sans
multicols multicols
\family default \family default
@ -822,12 +745,11 @@ multicols
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -844,7 +766,6 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
Mijn observatie van Park Lane nr. Mijn observatie van Park Lane nr.
427 heeft weinig bijgedragen aan een oplossing voor het probleem waarin 427 heeft weinig bijgedragen aan een oplossing voor het probleem waarin
@ -863,12 +784,11 @@ r, zijn spitse verschrompelde gezicht in het witte haar gehuld, en zijn
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -880,18 +800,16 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Wederom moeten we de waarden naar hun voorkeursinstellingen terugzetten Wederom moeten we de waarden naar hun voorkeursinstellingen terugzetten
om te voorkomen dat ze voor de rest van het document worden gebruikt. om te voorkomen dat ze voor de rest van het document worden gebruikt.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -905,15 +823,11 @@ columnsep}{10pt}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_layout Subsubsection
Vertikale strepen Vertikale strepen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Tussen twee kolommen wordt een regel met breedte
Tussen twee kolommen wordt een regel met breedte
\family default
\family typewriter \family typewriter
\backslash \backslash
@ -926,12 +840,11 @@ columnseprule
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -948,9 +861,7 @@ begin{multicols}{2}
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -963,16 +874,13 @@ U bent verbaasd mij te zien, mijnheer,
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
Dat werd door mij bevestigd. Dat werd door mij bevestigd.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -989,9 +897,7 @@ Weet U, ik heb een geweten, mijnheer, en toen ik zag dat u in dit huis ging,
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -1013,9 +919,7 @@ Mag ik u vragen hoe u wist wie ik ben?
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\size small \size small
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -1025,7 +929,10 @@ Weet u, meneer, als ik zo vrij mag zijn, ik ben een buurman van u, want
Misschien verzamelt u ook boeken, meneer. Misschien verzamelt u ook boeken, meneer.
Hier heb ik Hier heb ik
\noun on \noun on
British\InsetSpace ~ British
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Birds Birds
\noun default \noun default
, ,
@ -1046,12 +953,11 @@ The Holy War
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
end{multicols} end{multicols}
@ -1063,17 +969,15 @@ end{multicols}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Zoals gebruikelijk moeten we de waarde herstellen na gebruik. Zoals gebruikelijk moeten we de waarde herstellen na gebruik.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT \begin_inset ERT
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash \backslash
setlength{ setlength{
@ -1087,13 +991,11 @@ columnseprule}{0pt}
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Je zult naar de bibliotheek moeten gaan om de rest van het verhaal te lezen. Je zult naar de bibliotheek moeten gaan om de rest van het verhaal te lezen.
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \ldots{}
of het verhaal opscharrelen in het Gutenberg project, ergens op het web. of het verhaal opscharrelen in het Gutenberg project, ergens op het web.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,18 +35,17 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
DIT IS DE TITEL VAN HET DOCUMENT DIT IS DE TITEL VAN HET DOCUMENT
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: de titel zou er meer als een titel uit horen te zien Hint: de titel zou er meer als een titel uit horen te zien
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -54,13 +55,11 @@ Hint: de titel zou er meer als een titel uit horen te zien
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
door Fee LyX door Fee LyX
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Fee is de auteur (AUTHOR) Hint: Fee is de auteur (AUTHOR)
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -70,13 +69,11 @@ Hint: Fee is de auteur (AUTHOR)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
June 12, 1972 June 12, 1972
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Dit is een datum (DATE) Hint: Dit is een datum (DATE)
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -86,18 +83,15 @@ Hint: Dit is een datum (DATE)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Inhoudsopgave Inhoudsopgave
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Het zou leuk zijn als we de inhoudsopgave Hint: Het zou leuk zijn als we de inhoudsopgave
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
(Table of Contents) niet zelf hoefden te tikken (Table of Contents) niet zelf hoefden te tikken
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -107,53 +101,44 @@ Hint: Het zou leuk zijn als we de inhoudsopgave
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Uitgangspunten..................1 Uitgangspunten..................1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 Hoe LyX het doet...............1 1.1 Hoe LyX het doet...............1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 Waarom LyX beter is...............1 1.2 Waarom LyX beter is...............1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
Mogelijkheden van LyX Mogelijkheden van LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
Slappe pogingen om meer LyX dingen te gebruiken Slappe pogingen om meer LyX dingen te gebruiken
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Wiskunde dingen Wiskunde dingen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
--------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Uitgangspunten Uitgangspunten
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Sectie titels mogen er meer uitspringen Hint: Sectie titels mogen er meer uitspringen
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -163,18 +148,15 @@ Hint: Sectie titels mogen er meer uitspringen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Het uitgangspunt van LyX is dat je je niet bezig houdt met de vormgeving, Het uitgangspunt van LyX is dat je je niet bezig houdt met de vormgeving,
maar met de inhoud van je tekst. maar met de inhoud van je tekst.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 Hoe LyX het fikst 1.1 Hoe LyX het fikst
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport
in 1985. in 1985.
Dit was op zich weer gebaseerd op een opmaaktaal voor tekst genaamd TeX, Dit was op zich weer gebaseerd op een opmaaktaal voor tekst genaamd TeX,
@ -184,19 +166,16 @@ LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Waarschijnlijk zou de referente naar dit citaat (CITATION Hint: Waarschijnlijk zou de referente naar dit citaat (CITATION
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
REFERENCE) niet "hard gecodeerd" moeten zijn. REFERENCE) niet "hard gecodeerd" moeten zijn.
Wat nu als Wat nu als
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
we Lamports boek het tweede item in de bibliografie maken? we Lamports boek het tweede item in de bibliografie maken?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -206,8 +185,6 @@ we Lamports boek het tweede item in de bibliografie maken?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -229,8 +206,7 @@ De functie van typografisch ontwerp is om de lezer te helpen de ideeën van
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: dit is een citaat (QUOTE) Hint: dit is een citaat (QUOTE)
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -240,12 +216,10 @@ Hint: dit is een citaat (QUOTE)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 Waarom LyX beter is 1.2 Waarom LyX beter is
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX kan voor meer mensen handig zijn dan LaTeX. LyX kan voor meer mensen handig zijn dan LaTeX.
Het is aanzienlijk eenvoudiger te leren, omdat je LaTeX niet hoeft te leren Het is aanzienlijk eenvoudiger te leren, omdat je LaTeX niet hoeft te leren
(wat eigenlijk een programmeertaal is). (wat eigenlijk een programmeertaal is).
@ -274,25 +248,21 @@ Wat je ziet is wat je bedoelt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
De mogelijkheden van LyX De mogelijkheden van LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX heeft vele mogelijkheden die het schrijven van documenten vergemakkelijken. LyX heeft vele mogelijkheden die het schrijven van documenten vergemakkelijken.
(Per slot van rekening: Waarom zou je het anders willen gebruiken?) (Per slot van rekening: Waarom zou je het anders willen gebruiken?)
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Deze opmerking tussen haakjes zou beter uitkomen als Hint: Deze opmerking tussen haakjes zou beter uitkomen als
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
een voetnoot. een voetnoot.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -302,8 +272,7 @@ een voetnoot.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Nadruk (Emphasize) Hint: Nadruk (Emphasize)
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -314,34 +283,28 @@ Hint: Nadruk (Emphasize)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* LyX regelt marges, en het nummeren van voetnoten voor je * LyX regelt marges, en het nummeren van voetnoten voor je
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* LyX maakt het gemakkelijk om wiskundige formules te maken en te veranderen * LyX maakt het gemakkelijk om wiskundige formules te maken en te veranderen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Voor een meer filosofische verhandeling waarom LyX beter is dan andere tekstverw Voor een meer filosofische verhandeling waarom LyX beter is dan andere tekstverw
erkers, zie Sectie 1.2, welke te vinden is op pagina 1. erkers, zie Sectie 1.2, welke te vinden is op pagina 1.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Waarschijnlijk zouden deze kruisverwijzingen Hint: Waarschijnlijk zouden deze kruisverwijzingen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
(CROSS-REFERENCES) niet "Hard gecodeerd" moeten zijn. (CROSS-REFERENCES) niet "Hard gecodeerd" moeten zijn.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Wat nu als we de sectienummers veranderen? Wat nu als we de sectienummers veranderen?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -351,24 +314,20 @@ Wat nu als we de sectienummers veranderen?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
Slappe pogingen om andere dingen in LyX te gebruiken Slappe pogingen om andere dingen in LyX te gebruiken
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Ik heb laatst een programma geschreven. Ik heb laatst een programma geschreven.
Het zag er uit als volgt. Het zag er uit als volgt.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
5 REMARK MIJN GEWELDIGE PROGRAMMA 5 REMARK MIJN GEWELDIGE PROGRAMMA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -381,13 +340,11 @@ IK BEN GEWELDIG!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Dit is computer CODE Hint: Dit is computer CODE
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -397,34 +354,28 @@ Hint: Dit is computer CODE
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Na al dit wetenschappelijk denkwerk, voelde ik mij meer artistiek, dus schreef Na al dit wetenschappelijk denkwerk, voelde ik mij meer artistiek, dus schreef
ik deze haiku ik deze haiku
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX is echt geweldig LyX is echt geweldig
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Tekstzettende tekstverwerker Tekstzettende tekstverwerker
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Hij bespaart zo veel tijd Hij bespaart zo veel tijd
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: Het is niet erg goed, maar het is poezie, Hint: Het is niet erg goed, maar het is poezie,
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
ook bekend als gedicht (VERSE) ook bekend als gedicht (VERSE)
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -434,14 +385,12 @@ ook bekend als gedicht (VERSE)
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Wiskunde dingen Wiskunde dingen
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Hint: de wiskunde dingen moeten in math modus gezet worden Hint: de wiskunde dingen moeten in math modus gezet worden
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -451,7 +400,6 @@ Hint: de wiskunde dingen moeten in math modus gezet worden
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Mijn favoriete vergelijking is de oplossing van een kwadratische vergelijking. Mijn favoriete vergelijking is de oplossing van een kwadratische vergelijking.
Als ax^2+bx+c=0 (verg.1), dan is x= -b + of minus de wortel van b^2-4ac Als ax^2+bx+c=0 (verg.1), dan is x= -b + of minus de wortel van b^2-4ac
gedeeld door 2a (verg. gedeeld door 2a (verg.
@ -459,7 +407,6 @@ Mijn favoriete vergelijking is de oplossing van een kwadratische vergelijking.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Een andere favoriete vergelijking is de grondslag van calculus: f'(x) is Een andere favoriete vergelijking is de grondslag van calculus: f'(x) is
gedefinieerd als de limiet van f(x+deltax) - f(x) gedeeld door deltax als gedefinieerd als de limiet van f(x+deltax) - f(x) gedeeld door deltax als
deltax naar nul gaat (verg. deltax naar nul gaat (verg.
@ -467,17 +414,14 @@ Een andere favoriete vergelijking is de grondslag van calculus: f'(x) is
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
REFERENTIES REFERENTIES
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
[1] Lamport, Leslie. [1] Lamport, Leslie.
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize 12 \paperfontsize 12
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,67 +35,62 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
DIT IS DE TITEL VAN HET DOCUMENT DIT IS DE TITEL VAN HET DOCUMENT
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
door Fee LyX door Fee LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Date \begin_layout Date
June 12, 1972 June 12, 1972
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Uitgangspunten Uitgangspunten
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Het uitgangspunt van LyX is dat je je niet bezig houdt met de vormgeving, Het uitgangspunt van LyX is dat je je niet bezig houdt met de vormgeving,
maar met de inhoud van je tekst. maar met de inhoud van je tekst.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Hoe LyX het fikst Hoe LyX het fikst
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport
in 1985. in 1985.
Dit was op zich weer gebaseerd op een opmaaktaal voor tekst genaamd TeX, Dit was op zich weer gebaseerd op een opmaaktaal voor tekst genaamd TeX,
door Donald Knuth gemaakt in 1984. door Donald Knuth gemaakt in 1984.
LaTeX is ontworpen met dezelfde uitgangspunten als LyX. LaTeX is ontworpen met dezelfde uitgangspunten als LyX.
Leslie Lamport zei eens (zie referentie Leslie Lamport zei eens (zie referentie
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
): ):
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Quote \begin_layout Quote
De functie van typografisch ontwerp is om de lezer te helpen de ideeën van De functie van typografisch ontwerp is om de lezer te helpen de ideeën van
de schrijver te begrijpen. de schrijver te begrijpen.
Om een document gemakkelijk leesbaar te laten zijn, zal de visuele structuur Om een document gemakkelijk leesbaar te laten zijn, zal de visuele structuur
@ -108,15 +105,14 @@ De functie van typografisch ontwerp is om de lezer te helpen de ideeën van
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Waarom LyX beter is Waarom LyX beter is
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
name "sec:lyxbeter" name "sec:lyxbeter"
\end_inset \end_inset
LyX kan voor meer mensen handig zijn dan LaTeX. LyX kan voor meer mensen handig zijn dan LaTeX.
@ -147,26 +143,21 @@ Wat je ziet is wat je bedoelt
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
De mogelijkheden van LyX De mogelijkheden van LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX heeft vele mogelijkheden die het schrijven van documenten vergemakkelijken. LyX heeft vele mogelijkheden die het schrijven van documenten vergemakkelijken.
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Waarom zou je het anders willen gebruiken? Waarom zou je het anders willen gebruiken?
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
Ik vind het Ik vind het
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
geweldig geweldig
\emph default \emph default
@ -175,49 +166,46 @@ geweldig
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
LyX regelt marges, en het nummeren van voetnoten voor je LyX regelt marges, en het nummeren van voetnoten voor je
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
LyX maakt het gemakkelijk om wiskundige formules te maken en te veranderen LyX maakt het gemakkelijk om wiskundige formules te maken en te veranderen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Voor een meer filosofische verhandeling waarom LyX beter is dan andere tekstverw Voor een meer filosofische verhandeling waarom LyX beter is dan andere tekstverw
erkers, zie Sectie erkers, zie Sectie
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:lyxbeter" reference "sec:lyxbeter"
\end_inset \end_inset
, welke te vinden is op pagina , welke te vinden is op pagina
\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "sec:lyxbeter" reference "sec:lyxbeter"
\end_inset \end_inset
. .
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Slappe pogingen om andere dingen in LyX te gebruiken Slappe pogingen om andere dingen in LyX te gebruiken
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Ik heb laatst een programma geschreven. Ik heb laatst een programma geschreven.
Het zag er uit als volgt. Het zag er uit als volgt.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
5 REMARK MIJN GEWELDIGE PROGRAMMA 5 REMARK MIJN GEWELDIGE PROGRAMMA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -230,39 +218,38 @@ IK BEN GEWELDIG!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Na al dit wetenschappelijk denkwerk, voelde ik mij meer artistiek, dus schreef Na al dit wetenschappelijk denkwerk, voelde ik mij meer artistiek, dus schreef
ik deze haiku ik deze haiku
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Verse \begin_layout Verse
LyX is echt geweldig LyX is echt geweldig
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Tekstzettende tekstverwerker Tekstzettende tekstverwerker
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Hij bespaart zo veel tijd Hij bespaart zo veel tijd
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Wiskunde dingen Wiskunde dingen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Mijn favoriete vergelijking is de oplossing van een kwadratische vergelijking. Mijn favoriete vergelijking is de oplossing van een kwadratische vergelijking.
Als Als
\begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$
\end_inset \end_inset
(verg.1), dan is (verg.1), dan is
\begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$
\end_inset \end_inset
(verg. (verg.
@ -270,9 +257,8 @@ Mijn favoriete vergelijking is de oplossing van een kwadratische vergelijking.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Een andere favoriete vergelijking is de grondslag van calculus: Een andere favoriete vergelijking is de grondslag van calculus:
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$
\end_inset \end_inset
(verg. (verg.
@ -280,17 +266,14 @@ Een andere favoriete vergelijking is de grondslag van calculus:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Opmerkingen Opmerkingen
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Een paar opmerkingen over het verLyXen van dit bestand: Een paar opmerkingen over het verLyXen van dit bestand:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Ik kon de lijnen die met streepjes gemaakt waren verwijderen. Ik kon de lijnen die met streepjes gemaakt waren verwijderen.
Deze waren daar enkel om de titel en de referenties van de rest van het Deze waren daar enkel om de titel en de referenties van de rest van het
document te scheiden. document te scheiden.
@ -299,13 +282,10 @@ Ik kon de lijnen die met streepjes gemaakt waren verwijderen.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Ik heb niet de moeite genomen de wiskudige vergelijkingen in display-modus Ik heb niet de moeite genomen de wiskudige vergelijkingen in display-modus
te zetten. te zetten.
Ik gebruikte ook niet de mogelijkheid van LyX om de vergelijkingen automatisch Ik gebruikte ook niet de mogelijkheid van LyX om de vergelijkingen automatisch
te nummeren, omdat dit niet in de te nummeren, omdat dit niet in de
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Turorial Turorial
\emph default \emph default
@ -313,7 +293,6 @@ Turorial
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Ik hoefde het woord Ik hoefde het woord
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -331,9 +310,7 @@ Bibliografie
\begin_inset Quotes erd \begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset \end_inset
, afhankelijk van de tekstklasse) wanneer je , afhankelijk van de tekstklasse) wanneer je
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Bibliography Bibliography
\family default \family default
@ -341,7 +318,8 @@ Bibliography
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,68 +35,63 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Title \begin_layout Title
To je naslov vašega spisa To je naslov vašega spisa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Author \begin_layout Author
Fe LyX Fe LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Date \begin_layout Date
12. 12.
junij 1972 junij 1972
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset \end_inset
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Temeljna filozofija Temeljna filozofija
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Temeljna filozofija LyXa je, da naj bi se posvečali vsebini tistega, o čemer Temeljna filozofija LyXa je, da naj bi se posvečali vsebini tistega, o čemer
pišemo, ne obliki. pišemo, ne obliki.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
Kako se stvari loteva LyX Kako se stvari loteva LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985 LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985
zasnoval Leslie Lamport. zasnoval Leslie Lamport.
LaTeX pa temelji na stavnem jeziku, imenovanem TeX, ki ga je leta 1984 LaTeX pa temelji na stavnem jeziku, imenovanem TeX, ki ga je leta 1984
ustvaril Donald Knuth. ustvaril Donald Knuth.
Filozofija LaTeXa je podobna filozofiji LyXa. Filozofija LaTeXa je podobna filozofiji LyXa.
Leslie Lamport je nekoč rekel (glej vir Leslie Lamport je nekoč rekel (glej vir
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite \begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
): ):
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Quote \begin_layout Quote
Tipografsko oblikovanje naj bi pomagalo bralcu razumeti avtorjeve zamisli. Tipografsko oblikovanje naj bi pomagalo bralcu razumeti avtorjeve zamisli.
Da bi bilo spis lahko brati, mora njegova zunanja podoba odsevati njegovo Da bi bilo spis lahko brati, mora njegova zunanja podoba odsevati njegovo
logično zgradbo. logično zgradbo.
@ -108,17 +105,16 @@ Tipografsko oblikovanje naj bi pomagalo bralcu razumeti avtorjeve zamisli.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection \begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
name "sec:lyxbetter" name "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
Zakaj je LyX boljši Zakaj je LyX boljši
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX je uporaben za več ljudi kot LaTeX. LyX je uporaben za več ljudi kot LaTeX.
Precej lažje se ga je naučiti, saj ni treba znati LaTeXa (ki je praktično Precej lažje se ga je naučiti, saj ni treba znati LaTeXa (ki je praktično
programski jezik). programski jezik).
@ -142,9 +138,7 @@ to, kar vidiš, to tudi misliš
Tako združuje preprostost uporabe urejevalnikov besedil z močjo LaTeXa. Tako združuje preprostost uporabe urejevalnikov besedil z močjo LaTeXa.
To je Dobra Stvar. To je Dobra Stvar.
Tudi datotečni format je neodvisen od platforme. Tudi datotečni format je neodvisen od platforme.
Najboljše od vsega pa je, da je Najboljše od vsega pa je, da je
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
prost prost
\emph default \emph default
@ -152,25 +146,20 @@ prost
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Odlike LyXa Odlike LyXa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX ima številne odlike, ki nam olajšajo pisanje spisov. LyX ima številne odlike, ki nam olajšajo pisanje spisov.
\begin_inset Foot \begin_inset Foot
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Navsezadnje, le zakaj bi ga drugače sploh želeli uporabljati? Navsezadnje, le zakaj bi ga drugače sploh želeli uporabljati?
\end_layout \end_layout
\end_inset \end_inset
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Zelo me veseli Zelo me veseli
@ -180,72 +169,74 @@ Zelo me veseli
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Namesto vas skrbi za robove in številči opombe v nogi. Namesto vas skrbi za robove in številči opombe v nogi.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Olajša pisanje in urejanje matematičnih obrazcev. Olajša pisanje in urejanje matematičnih obrazcev.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Bolj filozofsko razpravo o tem, zakaj je LyX boljši od drugih urejevalnikov Bolj filozofsko razpravo o tem, zakaj je LyX boljši od drugih urejevalnikov
besedil, pa boste našli v razdelku besedil, pa boste našli v razdelku
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:lyxbetter" reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
na strani na strani
\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref \begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "sec:lyxbetter" reference "sec:lyxbetter"
\end_inset \end_inset
. .
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Zadnjič sem napisal program, podoben spodnjemu: Zadnjič sem napisal program, podoben spodnjemu:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_layout LyX-Code
5 REM MOJ STRAŠNI PROGRAM 5 REM MOJ STRAŠNI PROGRAM
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
10 PRINT "STRAŠEN SEM!" 10 PRINT "STRAŠEN SEM!"
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Po tem učenem razmišljanju me je nenadoma preplavilo bolj umetniško razpoloženje Po tem učenem razmišljanju me je nenadoma preplavilo bolj umetniško razpoloženje
in napisal sem tale haiku in napisal sem tale haiku
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Verse \begin_layout Verse
LyX je zares čudovit LyX je zares čudovit
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
stavni urejevalnik besedil stavni urejevalnik besedil
\newline \begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
prihrani mi toliko časa prihrani mi toliko časa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Matematične zadevščine Matematične zadevščine
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Najbolj so mi pri srcu enačbe za rešitev kvadratne enačbe. Najbolj so mi pri srcu enačbe za rešitev kvadratne enačbe.
Če je Če je
\begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$
@ -253,7 +244,7 @@ Najbolj so mi pri srcu enačbe za rešitev kvadratne enačbe.
(en. (en.
1), potem je 1), potem je
\begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$
\end_inset \end_inset
(en. (en.
@ -261,9 +252,8 @@ Najbolj so mi pri srcu enačbe za rešitev kvadratne enačbe.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Druga priljubljena enačba je temelj matematične analize: Druga priljubljena enačba je temelj matematične analize:
\begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$
\end_inset \end_inset
(en. (en.
@ -271,17 +261,14 @@ Druga priljubljena enačba je temelj matematične analize:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Section \begin_layout Section
Opazke Opazke
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Nekaj opazk o LyXanju te datoteke: Nekaj opazk o LyXanju te datoteke:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Vrstice z vezaji, sem lahko odstranil. Vrstice z vezaji, sem lahko odstranil.
Njihova edina naloga je bila, da so ločevale naslove in vire od preostanka Njihova edina naloga je bila, da so ločevale naslove in vire od preostanka
spisa. spisa.
@ -289,12 +276,9 @@ Vrstice z vezaji, sem lahko odstranil.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Nisem se trudil z vstavljanjem matematičnih enačb v prikazni način. Nisem se trudil z vstavljanjem matematičnih enačb v prikazni način.
Tudi samodejnega številčenja enačb, ki ga pozna LyX, nisem uporabljal, Tudi samodejnega številčenja enačb, ki ga pozna LyX, nisem uporabljal,
saj to ni opisano v saj to ni opisano v
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
Učbeniku Učbeniku
\emph default \emph default
@ -302,7 +286,6 @@ Učbeniku
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize \begin_layout Itemize
Ni mi bilo treba vpisati besede Ni mi bilo treba vpisati besede
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -336,9 +319,7 @@ Literatura
\end_inset \end_inset
). ).
LyX jo samodejno zapiše, ko izberete okolje LyX jo samodejno zapiše, ko izberete okolje
\family default
\family sans \family sans
Bibliography Bibliography
\family default \family default
@ -346,14 +327,13 @@ Bibliography
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography \begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "lamport" key "lamport"
\end_inset \end_inset
Lamport, Leslie. Lamport, Leslie.
\emph default
\emph on \emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System LaTeX: A Document Preparation System

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 276 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -13,9 +13,11 @@
\font_osf false \font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 \font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100 \font_tt_scale 100
\graphics dvips \graphics dvips
\paperfontsize default \paperfontsize default
\spacing single \spacing single
\use_hyperref false
\papersize default \papersize default
\use_geometry false \use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0 \use_amsmath 0
@ -33,18 +35,17 @@
\paperpagestyle plain \paperpagestyle plain
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
TO JE NASLOV VAŠEGA SPISA TO JE NASLOV VAŠEGA SPISA
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: naslov bi moral biti videti bolj kot naslov. Namig: naslov bi moral biti videti bolj kot naslov.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -54,13 +55,11 @@ Namig: naslov bi moral biti videti bolj kot naslov.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Avtor: Fe LyX Avtor: Fe LyX
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: Fe je AVTOR (angl. Namig: Fe je AVTOR (angl.
Author). Author).
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -71,14 +70,12 @@ Namig: Fe je AVTOR (angl.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
12. 12.
junij 1972 junij 1972
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: to je DATUM (angl. Namig: to je DATUM (angl.
Date). Date).
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -89,18 +86,15 @@ Namig: to je DATUM (angl.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Kazalo Kazalo
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: Fino bi bilo, če nam ne bi bilo treba ročno Namig: Fino bi bilo, če nam ne bi bilo treba ročno
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
dobesedno vpisovati vsebinskega kazala. dobesedno vpisovati vsebinskega kazala.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -110,59 +104,49 @@ dobesedno vpisovati vsebinskega kazala.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Temeljna filozofija..................1 Temeljna filozofija..................1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 Kako se stvari loteva LyX...............1 1.1 Kako se stvari loteva LyX...............1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 Zakaj je LyX boljši................1 1.2 Zakaj je LyX boljši................1
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
Odlike LyXa Odlike LyXa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Matematične zadevščine Matematične zadevščine
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
--------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1. 1.
Temeljna filozofija Temeljna filozofija
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: naslovi razdelkov (angl. Namig: naslovi razdelkov (angl.
Section) bi verjetno Section) bi verjetno
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
morali bolj izstopati. morali bolj izstopati.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -172,18 +156,15 @@ morali bolj izstopati.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Temeljna filozofija LyXa je, da naj bi se posvečali vsebini tistega, o čemer Temeljna filozofija LyXa je, da naj bi se posvečali vsebini tistega, o čemer
pišemo, ne obliki. pišemo, ne obliki.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.1 Kako se stvari loteva LyX 1.1 Kako se stvari loteva LyX
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985 LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985
zasnoval Leslie Lamport. zasnoval Leslie Lamport.
LaTeX pa temelji na stavnem jeziku, imenovanem TeX, ki ga je leta 1984 LaTeX pa temelji na stavnem jeziku, imenovanem TeX, ki ga je leta 1984
@ -193,19 +174,16 @@ LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: Verjetno ta NAVZKRIŽNI SKLIC ne bi smel Namig: Verjetno ta NAVZKRIŽNI SKLIC ne bi smel
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
biti "vnešen". biti "vnešen".
Kaj, če naredimo Lamportovo knjigo Kaj, če naredimo Lamportovo knjigo
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
za drugo postavko spiska literature? za drugo postavko spiska literature?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -215,8 +193,6 @@ za drugo postavko spiska literature?
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes gld \begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -236,8 +212,7 @@ Tipografsko oblikovanje naj bi pomagalo bralcu razumeti avtorjeve zamisli.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: To je NAVEDEK (angl. Namig: To je NAVEDEK (angl.
Quote). Quote).
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -248,12 +223,10 @@ Namig: To je NAVEDEK (angl.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
1.2 Zakaj je LyX boljši 1.2 Zakaj je LyX boljši
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX je uporaben za več ljudi kot LaTeX. LyX je uporaben za več ljudi kot LaTeX.
Precej lažje se ga je naučiti, saj ni treba znati LaTeXa (ki je praktično Precej lažje se ga je naučiti, saj ni treba znati LaTeXa (ki je praktično
programski jezik). programski jezik).
@ -281,25 +254,21 @@ to, kar vidiš, to tudi misliš
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
2. 2.
Odlike LyXa Odlike LyXa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX ima številne odlike, ki nam olajšajo pisanje spisov. LyX ima številne odlike, ki nam olajšajo pisanje spisov.
(Navsezadnje, le zakaj bi ga drugače sploh želeli uporabljati? (Navsezadnje, le zakaj bi ga drugače sploh želeli uporabljati?
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: Ta stavek v oklepaju je videti bolje kot Namig: Ta stavek v oklepaju je videti bolje kot
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
opomba v nogi. opomba v nogi.
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -309,8 +278,7 @@ opomba v nogi.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: Poudarite! Namig: Poudarite!
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -321,35 +289,29 @@ Namig: Poudarite!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* Namesto vas skrbi za robove in številči opombe v nogi. * Namesto vas skrbi za robove in številči opombe v nogi.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
* Olajša pisanje in urejanje matematičnih obrazcev. * Olajša pisanje in urejanje matematičnih obrazcev.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Bolj filozofsko razpravo o tem, zakaj je LyX boljši od drugih urejevalnikov Bolj filozofsko razpravo o tem, zakaj je LyX boljši od drugih urejevalnikov
besedil, pa boste našli v razdelku 1.2 na strani 1. besedil, pa boste našli v razdelku 1.2 na strani 1.
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: Verjetno ta NAVZKRIŽNA SKLICEVANJA Namig: Verjetno ta NAVZKRIŽNA SKLICEVANJA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
ne bi smela biti "zakodirana". ne bi smela biti "zakodirana".
Kaj, če spremenimo Kaj, če spremenimo
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
številke razdelkov? številke razdelkov?
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -359,23 +321,19 @@ ne bi smela biti "zakodirana".
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
3. 3.
Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Zadnjič sem napisal program, podoben spodnjemu: Zadnjič sem napisal program, podoben spodnjemu:
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
5 REM MOJ STRAŠNI PROGRAM 5 REM MOJ STRAŠNI PROGRAM
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
10 PRINT 10 PRINT
\begin_inset Quotes eld \begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset \end_inset
@ -388,13 +346,11 @@ STRAŠEN SEM!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
20 GOTO 10 20 GOTO 10
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: To je računalniška KODA (angl. Namig: To je računalniška KODA (angl.
Code). Code).
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -405,34 +361,28 @@ Namig: To je računalniška KODA (angl.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Po tem učenem razmišljanju me je nenadoma preplavilo bolj umetniško razpoloženje Po tem učenem razmišljanju me je nenadoma preplavilo bolj umetniško razpoloženje
in napisal sem tale haiku in napisal sem tale haiku
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LyX je zares čudovit LyX je zares čudovit
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
stavni urejevalnik besedil stavni urejevalnik besedil
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
prihrani mi toliko časa prihrani mi toliko časa
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: Ni preveč dobro, a je poezija, Namig: Ni preveč dobro, a je poezija,
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
znana tudi kot VERZI (angl. znana tudi kot VERZI (angl.
Verse). Verse).
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -443,19 +393,16 @@ znana tudi kot VERZI (angl.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
4. 4.
Matematične zadevščine Matematične zadevščine
\begin_inset Note Note \begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
Namig: Te matematične stvari bi morale biti izpisane Namig: Te matematične stvari bi morale biti izpisane
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout
v matematičnem načinu! v matematičnem načinu!
\end_layout \end_layout
@ -465,7 +412,6 @@ v matematičnem načinu!
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Najbolj so mi pri srcu enačbe za rešitev kvadratne enačbe. Najbolj so mi pri srcu enačbe za rešitev kvadratne enačbe.
Če je ax^2+bx+c=0 (en. Če je ax^2+bx+c=0 (en.
1), potem je x= -b + ali minus kvadratni koren od b^2-4ac vse skupaj ulomljeno 1), potem je x= -b + ali minus kvadratni koren od b^2-4ac vse skupaj ulomljeno
@ -474,7 +420,6 @@ Najbolj so mi pri srcu enačbe za rešitev kvadratne enačbe.
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
Druga priljubljena enačba je temelj matematične analize: izraz f'(x) je Druga priljubljena enačba je temelj matematične analize: izraz f'(x) je
definiran kot limita izraza f(x+deltax) - f(x) ulomljenega z deltax, ko definiran kot limita izraza f(x+deltax) - f(x) ulomljenega z deltax, ko
gredo števila deltax proti nič (en. gredo števila deltax proti nič (en.
@ -482,17 +427,14 @@ Druga priljubljena enačba je temelj matematične analize: izraz f'(x) je
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
LITERATURA LITERATURA
\end_layout \end_layout
\begin_layout Standard \begin_layout Standard
[1] Lamport, Leslie. [1] Lamport, Leslie.
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System; Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, LaTeX: A Document Preparation System; Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts,
druga izdaja, 1994. druga izdaja, 1994.

View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 338 \lyxformat 341
\begin_document \begin_document
\begin_header \begin_header
\textclass article \textclass article
@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\tracking_changes false \tracking_changes false
\output_changes false \output_changes false
\author "" \author ""
\author ""
\end_header \end_header
\begin_body \begin_body